LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/commands - trigger.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 93.6 % 2070 1938
Test Date: 2026-03-01 18:15:11 Functions: 98.6 % 70 69
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit

            Line data    Source code
       1              : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2              :  *
       3              :  * trigger.c
       4              :  *    PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code.
       5              :  *
       6              :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7              :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8              :  *
       9              :  * IDENTIFICATION
      10              :  *    src/backend/commands/trigger.c
      11              :  *
      12              :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      13              :  */
      14              : #include "postgres.h"
      15              : 
      16              : #include "access/genam.h"
      17              : #include "access/htup_details.h"
      18              : #include "access/relation.h"
      19              : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      20              : #include "access/table.h"
      21              : #include "access/tableam.h"
      22              : #include "access/xact.h"
      23              : #include "catalog/catalog.h"
      24              : #include "catalog/dependency.h"
      25              : #include "catalog/indexing.h"
      26              : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      27              : #include "catalog/partition.h"
      28              : #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
      29              : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      30              : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      31              : #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
      32              : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      33              : #include "commands/trigger.h"
      34              : #include "executor/executor.h"
      35              : #include "miscadmin.h"
      36              : #include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
      37              : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      38              : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      39              : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      40              : #include "parser/parse_collate.h"
      41              : #include "parser/parse_func.h"
      42              : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      43              : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      44              : #include "pgstat.h"
      45              : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
      46              : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      47              : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
      48              : #include "utils/acl.h"
      49              : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      50              : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
      51              : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
      52              : #include "utils/inval.h"
      53              : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      54              : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      55              : #include "utils/plancache.h"
      56              : #include "utils/rel.h"
      57              : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
      58              : #include "utils/syscache.h"
      59              : #include "utils/tuplestore.h"
      60              : 
      61              : 
      62              : /* GUC variables */
      63              : int         SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN;
      64              : 
      65              : /* How many levels deep into trigger execution are we? */
      66              : static int  MyTriggerDepth = 0;
      67              : 
      68              : /* Local function prototypes */
      69              : static void renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel,
      70              :                                 HeapTuple trigtup, const char *newname,
      71              :                                 const char *expected_name);
      72              : static void renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId,
      73              :                                  Oid parentTriggerOid, const char *newname,
      74              :                                  const char *expected_name);
      75              : static void SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger);
      76              : static bool GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
      77              :                                EPQState *epqstate,
      78              :                                ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      79              :                                ItemPointer tid,
      80              :                                LockTupleMode lockmode,
      81              :                                TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
      82              :                                bool do_epq_recheck,
      83              :                                TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
      84              :                                TM_Result *tmresultp,
      85              :                                TM_FailureData *tmfdp);
      86              : static bool TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      87              :                            Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
      88              :                            Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
      89              :                            TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot);
      90              : static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
      91              :                                      int tgindx,
      92              :                                      FmgrInfo *finfo,
      93              :                                      Instrumentation *instr,
      94              :                                      MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
      95              : static void AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      96              :                                   ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
      97              :                                   ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
      98              :                                   int event, bool row_trigger,
      99              :                                   TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
     100              :                                   List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
     101              :                                   TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
     102              :                                   bool is_crosspart_update);
     103              : static void AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void);
     104              : static bool before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType);
     105              : static HeapTuple check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple);
     106              : 
     107              : 
     108              : /*
     109              :  * Create a trigger.  Returns the address of the created trigger.
     110              :  *
     111              :  * queryString is the source text of the CREATE TRIGGER command.
     112              :  * This must be supplied if a whenClause is specified, else it can be NULL.
     113              :  *
     114              :  * relOid, if nonzero, is the relation on which the trigger should be
     115              :  * created.  If zero, the name provided in the statement will be looked up.
     116              :  *
     117              :  * refRelOid, if nonzero, is the relation to which the constraint trigger
     118              :  * refers.  If zero, the constraint relation name provided in the statement
     119              :  * will be looked up as needed.
     120              :  *
     121              :  * constraintOid, if nonzero, says that this trigger is being created
     122              :  * internally to implement that constraint.  A suitable pg_depend entry will
     123              :  * be made to link the trigger to that constraint.  constraintOid is zero when
     124              :  * executing a user-entered CREATE TRIGGER command.  (For CREATE CONSTRAINT
     125              :  * TRIGGER, we build a pg_constraint entry internally.)
     126              :  *
     127              :  * indexOid, if nonzero, is the OID of an index associated with the constraint.
     128              :  * We do nothing with this except store it into pg_trigger.tgconstrindid;
     129              :  * but when creating a trigger for a deferrable unique constraint on a
     130              :  * partitioned table, its children are looked up.  Note we don't cope with
     131              :  * invalid indexes in that case.
     132              :  *
     133              :  * funcoid, if nonzero, is the OID of the function to invoke.  When this is
     134              :  * given, stmt->funcname is ignored.
     135              :  *
     136              :  * parentTriggerOid, if nonzero, is a trigger that begets this one; so that
     137              :  * if that trigger is dropped, this one should be too.  There are two cases
     138              :  * when a nonzero value is passed for this: 1) when this function recurses to
     139              :  * create the trigger on partitions, 2) when creating child foreign key
     140              :  * triggers; see CreateFKCheckTrigger() and createForeignKeyActionTriggers().
     141              :  *
     142              :  * If whenClause is passed, it is an already-transformed expression for
     143              :  * WHEN.  In this case, we ignore any that may come in stmt->whenClause.
     144              :  *
     145              :  * If isInternal is true then this is an internally-generated trigger.
     146              :  * This argument sets the tgisinternal field of the pg_trigger entry, and
     147              :  * if true causes us to modify the given trigger name to ensure uniqueness.
     148              :  *
     149              :  * When isInternal is not true we require ACL_TRIGGER permissions on the
     150              :  * relation, as well as ACL_EXECUTE on the trigger function.  For internal
     151              :  * triggers the caller must apply any required permission checks.
     152              :  *
     153              :  * When called on partitioned tables, this function recurses to create the
     154              :  * trigger on all the partitions, except if isInternal is true, in which
     155              :  * case caller is expected to execute recursion on its own.  in_partition
     156              :  * indicates such a recursive call; outside callers should pass "false"
     157              :  * (but see CloneRowTriggersToPartition).
     158              :  */
     159              : ObjectAddress
     160         8221 : CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
     161              :               Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid,
     162              :               Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause,
     163              :               bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
     164              : {
     165              :     return
     166         8221 :         CreateTriggerFiringOn(stmt, queryString, relOid, refRelOid,
     167              :                               constraintOid, indexOid, funcoid,
     168              :                               parentTriggerOid, whenClause, isInternal,
     169              :                               in_partition, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN);
     170              : }
     171              : 
     172              : /*
     173              :  * Like the above; additionally the firing condition
     174              :  * (always/origin/replica/disabled) can be specified.
     175              :  */
     176              : ObjectAddress
     177         8677 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
     178              :                       Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid,
     179              :                       Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid,
     180              :                       Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition,
     181              :                       char trigger_fires_when)
     182              : {
     183              :     int16       tgtype;
     184              :     int         ncolumns;
     185              :     int16      *columns;
     186              :     int2vector *tgattr;
     187              :     List       *whenRtable;
     188              :     char       *qual;
     189              :     Datum       values[Natts_pg_trigger];
     190              :     bool        nulls[Natts_pg_trigger];
     191              :     Relation    rel;
     192              :     AclResult   aclresult;
     193              :     Relation    tgrel;
     194              :     Relation    pgrel;
     195         8677 :     HeapTuple   tuple = NULL;
     196              :     Oid         funcrettype;
     197         8677 :     Oid         trigoid = InvalidOid;
     198              :     char        internaltrigname[NAMEDATALEN];
     199              :     char       *trigname;
     200         8677 :     Oid         constrrelid = InvalidOid;
     201              :     ObjectAddress myself,
     202              :                 referenced;
     203         8677 :     char       *oldtablename = NULL;
     204         8677 :     char       *newtablename = NULL;
     205              :     bool        partition_recurse;
     206         8677 :     bool        trigger_exists = false;
     207         8677 :     Oid         existing_constraint_oid = InvalidOid;
     208         8677 :     bool        existing_isInternal = false;
     209         8677 :     bool        existing_isClone = false;
     210              : 
     211         8677 :     if (OidIsValid(relOid))
     212         7040 :         rel = table_open(relOid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
     213              :     else
     214         1637 :         rel = table_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
     215              : 
     216              :     /*
     217              :      * Triggers must be on tables or views, and there are additional
     218              :      * relation-type-specific restrictions.
     219              :      */
     220         8677 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
     221              :     {
     222              :         /* Tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
     223         7092 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     224         6396 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     225            9 :             ereport(ERROR,
     226              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     227              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
     228              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     229              :                      errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     230              :     }
     231         1585 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
     232              :     {
     233              :         /* Partitioned tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
     234         1428 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     235         1371 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     236            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     237              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     238              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
     239              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     240              :                      errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     241              : 
     242              :         /*
     243              :          * FOR EACH ROW triggers have further restrictions
     244              :          */
     245         1425 :         if (stmt->row)
     246              :         {
     247              :             /*
     248              :              * Disallow use of transition tables.
     249              :              *
     250              :              * Note that we have another restriction about transition tables
     251              :              * in partitions; search for 'has_superclass' below for an
     252              :              * explanation.  The check here is just to protect from the fact
     253              :              * that if we allowed it here, the creation would succeed for a
     254              :              * partitioned table with no partitions, but would be blocked by
     255              :              * the other restriction when the first partition was created,
     256              :              * which is very unfriendly behavior.
     257              :              */
     258         1301 :             if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
     259            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     260              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     261              :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a partitioned table",
     262              :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     263              :                          errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitioned tables.")));
     264              :         }
     265              :     }
     266          157 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     267              :     {
     268              :         /*
     269              :          * Views can have INSTEAD OF triggers (which we check below are
     270              :          * row-level), or statement-level BEFORE/AFTER triggers.
     271              :          */
     272          105 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD && stmt->row)
     273           18 :             ereport(ERROR,
     274              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     275              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     276              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     277              :                      errdetail("Views cannot have row-level BEFORE or AFTER triggers.")));
     278              :         /* Disallow TRUNCATE triggers on VIEWs */
     279           87 :         if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(stmt->events))
     280            6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     281              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     282              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     283              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     284              :                      errdetail("Views cannot have TRUNCATE triggers.")));
     285              :     }
     286           52 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     287              :     {
     288           52 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     289           27 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     290            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     291              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     292              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     293              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     294              :                      errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     295              : 
     296              :         /*
     297              :          * We disallow constraint triggers to protect the assumption that
     298              :          * triggers on FKs can't be deferred.  See notes with AfterTriggers
     299              :          * data structures, below.
     300              :          */
     301           52 :         if (stmt->isconstraint)
     302            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     303              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     304              :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     305              :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     306              :                      errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have constraint triggers.")));
     307              :     }
     308              :     else
     309            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     310              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     311              :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
     312              :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     313              :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
     314              : 
     315         8635 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
     316            1 :         ereport(ERROR,
     317              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
     318              :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
     319              :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     320              : 
     321         8634 :     if (stmt->isconstraint)
     322              :     {
     323              :         /*
     324              :          * We must take a lock on the target relation to protect against
     325              :          * concurrent drop.  It's not clear that AccessShareLock is strong
     326              :          * enough, but we certainly need at least that much... otherwise, we
     327              :          * might end up creating a pg_constraint entry referencing a
     328              :          * nonexistent table.
     329              :          */
     330         6663 :         if (OidIsValid(refRelOid))
     331              :         {
     332         6527 :             LockRelationOid(refRelOid, AccessShareLock);
     333         6527 :             constrrelid = refRelOid;
     334              :         }
     335          136 :         else if (stmt->constrrel != NULL)
     336           12 :             constrrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->constrrel, AccessShareLock,
     337              :                                            false);
     338              :     }
     339              : 
     340              :     /* permission checks */
     341         8634 :     if (!isInternal)
     342              :     {
     343         2050 :         aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId(),
     344              :                                       ACL_TRIGGER);
     345         2050 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     346            0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
     347            0 :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel));
     348              : 
     349         2050 :         if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
     350              :         {
     351           21 :             aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(constrrelid, GetUserId(),
     352              :                                           ACL_TRIGGER);
     353           21 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     354            0 :                 aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(constrrelid)),
     355            0 :                                get_rel_name(constrrelid));
     356              :         }
     357              :     }
     358              : 
     359              :     /*
     360              :      * When called on a partitioned table to create a FOR EACH ROW trigger
     361              :      * that's not internal, we create one trigger for each partition, too.
     362              :      *
     363              :      * For that, we'd better hold lock on all of them ahead of time.
     364              :      */
     365        10164 :     partition_recurse = !isInternal && stmt->row &&
     366         1530 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
     367         8634 :     if (partition_recurse)
     368          211 :         list_free(find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
     369              :                                       ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL));
     370              : 
     371              :     /* Compute tgtype */
     372         8634 :     TRIGGER_CLEAR_TYPE(tgtype);
     373         8634 :     if (stmt->row)
     374         8114 :         TRIGGER_SETT_ROW(tgtype);
     375         8634 :     tgtype |= stmt->timing;
     376         8634 :     tgtype |= stmt->events;
     377              : 
     378              :     /* Disallow ROW-level TRUNCATE triggers */
     379         8634 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
     380            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     381              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     382              :                  errmsg("TRUNCATE FOR EACH ROW triggers are not supported")));
     383              : 
     384              :     /* INSTEAD triggers must be row-level, and can't have WHEN or columns */
     385         8634 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSTEAD(tgtype))
     386              :     {
     387           60 :         if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     388            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     389              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     390              :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers must be FOR EACH ROW")));
     391           57 :         if (stmt->whenClause)
     392            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     393              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     394              :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have WHEN conditions")));
     395           54 :         if (stmt->columns != NIL)
     396            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     397              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     398              :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have column lists")));
     399              :     }
     400              : 
     401              :     /*
     402              :      * We don't yet support naming ROW transition variables, but the parser
     403              :      * recognizes the syntax so we can give a nicer message here.
     404              :      *
     405              :      * Per standard, REFERENCING TABLE names are only allowed on AFTER
     406              :      * triggers.  Per standard, REFERENCING ROW names are not allowed with FOR
     407              :      * EACH STATEMENT.  Per standard, each OLD/NEW, ROW/TABLE permutation is
     408              :      * only allowed once.  Per standard, OLD may not be specified when
     409              :      * creating a trigger only for INSERT, and NEW may not be specified when
     410              :      * creating a trigger only for DELETE.
     411              :      *
     412              :      * Notice that the standard allows an AFTER ... FOR EACH ROW trigger to
     413              :      * reference both ROW and TABLE transition data.
     414              :      */
     415         8625 :     if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
     416              :     {
     417          229 :         List       *varList = stmt->transitionRels;
     418              :         ListCell   *lc;
     419              : 
     420          499 :         foreach(lc, varList)
     421              :         {
     422          294 :             TriggerTransition *tt = lfirst_node(TriggerTransition, lc);
     423              : 
     424          294 :             if (!(tt->isTable))
     425            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     426              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     427              :                          errmsg("ROW variable naming in the REFERENCING clause is not supported"),
     428              :                          errhint("Use OLD TABLE or NEW TABLE for naming transition tables.")));
     429              : 
     430              :             /*
     431              :              * Because of the above test, we omit further ROW-related testing
     432              :              * below.  If we later allow naming OLD and NEW ROW variables,
     433              :              * adjustments will be needed below.
     434              :              */
     435              : 
     436          294 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     437            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     438              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     439              :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     440              :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     441              :                          errdetail("Triggers on foreign tables cannot have transition tables.")));
     442              : 
     443          291 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     444            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     445              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     446              :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     447              :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     448              :                          errdetail("Triggers on views cannot have transition tables.")));
     449              : 
     450              :             /*
     451              :              * We currently don't allow row-level triggers with transition
     452              :              * tables on partition or inheritance children.  Such triggers
     453              :              * would somehow need to see tuples converted to the format of the
     454              :              * table they're attached to, and it's not clear which subset of
     455              :              * tuples each child should see.  See also the prohibitions in
     456              :              * ATExecAttachPartition() and ATExecAddInherit().
     457              :              */
     458          288 :             if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && has_superclass(rel->rd_id))
     459              :             {
     460              :                 /* Use appropriate error message. */
     461            6 :                 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
     462            3 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     463              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     464              :                              errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions")));
     465              :                 else
     466            3 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     467              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     468              :                              errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on inheritance children")));
     469              :             }
     470              : 
     471          282 :             if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     472            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     473              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     474              :                          errmsg("transition table name can only be specified for an AFTER trigger")));
     475              : 
     476          282 :             if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
     477            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     478              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     479              :                          errmsg("TRUNCATE triggers with transition tables are not supported")));
     480              : 
     481              :             /*
     482              :              * We currently don't allow multi-event triggers ("INSERT OR
     483              :              * UPDATE") with transition tables, because it's not clear how to
     484              :              * handle INSERT ... ON CONFLICT statements which can fire both
     485              :              * INSERT and UPDATE triggers.  We show the inserted tuples to
     486              :              * INSERT triggers and the updated tuples to UPDATE triggers, but
     487              :              * it's not yet clear what INSERT OR UPDATE trigger should see.
     488              :              * This restriction could be lifted if we can decide on the right
     489              :              * semantics in a later release.
     490              :              */
     491          279 :             if (((TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
     492          279 :                  (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
     493          279 :                  (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0)) != 1)
     494            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     495              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     496              :                          errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with more than one event")));
     497              : 
     498              :             /*
     499              :              * We currently don't allow column-specific triggers with
     500              :              * transition tables.  Per spec, that seems to require
     501              :              * accumulating separate transition tables for each combination of
     502              :              * columns, which is a lot of work for a rather marginal feature.
     503              :              */
     504          276 :             if (stmt->columns != NIL)
     505            3 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     506              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     507              :                          errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with column lists")));
     508              : 
     509              :             /*
     510              :              * We disallow constraint triggers with transition tables, to
     511              :              * protect the assumption that such triggers can't be deferred.
     512              :              * See notes with AfterTriggers data structures, below.
     513              :              *
     514              :              * Currently this is enforced by the grammar, so just Assert here.
     515              :              */
     516              :             Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
     517              : 
     518          273 :             if (tt->isNew)
     519              :             {
     520          144 :                 if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ||
     521           78 :                       TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
     522            0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     523              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     524              :                              errmsg("NEW TABLE can only be specified for an INSERT or UPDATE trigger")));
     525              : 
     526          144 :                 if (newtablename != NULL)
     527            0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     528              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     529              :                              errmsg("NEW TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
     530              : 
     531          144 :                 newtablename = tt->name;
     532              :             }
     533              :             else
     534              :             {
     535          129 :                 if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ||
     536           75 :                       TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
     537            3 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     538              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     539              :                              errmsg("OLD TABLE can only be specified for a DELETE or UPDATE trigger")));
     540              : 
     541          126 :                 if (oldtablename != NULL)
     542            0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     543              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     544              :                              errmsg("OLD TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
     545              : 
     546          126 :                 oldtablename = tt->name;
     547              :             }
     548              :         }
     549              : 
     550          205 :         if (newtablename != NULL && oldtablename != NULL &&
     551           65 :             strcmp(newtablename, oldtablename) == 0)
     552            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     553              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     554              :                      errmsg("OLD TABLE name and NEW TABLE name cannot be the same")));
     555              :     }
     556              : 
     557              :     /*
     558              :      * Parse the WHEN clause, if any and we weren't passed an already
     559              :      * transformed one.
     560              :      *
     561              :      * Note that as a side effect, we fill whenRtable when parsing.  If we got
     562              :      * an already parsed clause, this does not occur, which is what we want --
     563              :      * no point in adding redundant dependencies below.
     564              :      */
     565         8601 :     if (!whenClause && stmt->whenClause)
     566           68 :     {
     567              :         ParseState *pstate;
     568              :         ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
     569              :         List       *varList;
     570              :         ListCell   *lc;
     571              : 
     572              :         /* Set up a pstate to parse with */
     573           92 :         pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
     574           92 :         pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
     575              : 
     576              :         /*
     577              :          * Set up nsitems for OLD and NEW references.
     578              :          *
     579              :          * 'OLD' must always have varno equal to 1 and 'NEW' equal to 2.
     580              :          */
     581           92 :         nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
     582              :                                                AccessShareLock,
     583              :                                                makeAlias("old", NIL),
     584              :                                                false, false);
     585           92 :         addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
     586           92 :         nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
     587              :                                                AccessShareLock,
     588              :                                                makeAlias("new", NIL),
     589              :                                                false, false);
     590           92 :         addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
     591              : 
     592              :         /* Transform expression.  Copy to be sure we don't modify original */
     593           92 :         whenClause = transformWhereClause(pstate,
     594           92 :                                           copyObject(stmt->whenClause),
     595              :                                           EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN,
     596              :                                           "WHEN");
     597              :         /* we have to fix its collations too */
     598           92 :         assign_expr_collations(pstate, whenClause);
     599              : 
     600              :         /*
     601              :          * Check for disallowed references to OLD/NEW.
     602              :          *
     603              :          * NB: pull_var_clause is okay here only because we don't allow
     604              :          * subselects in WHEN clauses; it would fail to examine the contents
     605              :          * of subselects.
     606              :          */
     607           92 :         varList = pull_var_clause(whenClause, 0);
     608          182 :         foreach(lc, varList)
     609              :         {
     610          114 :             Var        *var = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
     611              : 
     612          114 :             switch (var->varno)
     613              :             {
     614           43 :                 case PRS2_OLD_VARNO:
     615           43 :                     if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     616            3 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     617              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     618              :                                  errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
     619              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     620           40 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype))
     621            3 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     622              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     623              :                                  errmsg("INSERT trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference OLD values"),
     624              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     625              :                     /* system columns are okay here */
     626           37 :                     break;
     627           71 :                 case PRS2_NEW_VARNO:
     628           71 :                     if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     629            0 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     630              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     631              :                                  errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
     632              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     633           71 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype))
     634            3 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     635              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     636              :                                  errmsg("DELETE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW values"),
     637              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     638           68 :                     if (var->varattno < 0 && TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype))
     639            3 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     640              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     641              :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW system columns"),
     642              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     643           65 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
     644           26 :                         var->varattno == 0 &&
     645            9 :                         RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
     646            6 :                         (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_stored ||
     647            3 :                          RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_virtual))
     648            6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     649              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     650              :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
     651              :                                  errdetail("A whole-row reference is used and the table contains generated columns."),
     652              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     653           59 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
     654           20 :                         var->varattno > 0 &&
     655           17 :                         TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attgenerated)
     656            6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     657              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     658              :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
     659              :                                  errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
     660              :                                            NameStr(TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attname)),
     661              :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     662           53 :                     break;
     663            0 :                 default:
     664              :                     /* can't happen without add_missing_from, so just elog */
     665            0 :                     elog(ERROR, "trigger WHEN condition cannot contain references to other relations");
     666              :                     break;
     667              :             }
     668              :         }
     669              : 
     670              :         /* we'll need the rtable for recordDependencyOnExpr */
     671           68 :         whenRtable = pstate->p_rtable;
     672              : 
     673           68 :         qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
     674              : 
     675           68 :         free_parsestate(pstate);
     676              :     }
     677         8509 :     else if (!whenClause)
     678              :     {
     679         8488 :         whenClause = NULL;
     680         8488 :         whenRtable = NIL;
     681         8488 :         qual = NULL;
     682              :     }
     683              :     else
     684              :     {
     685           21 :         qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
     686           21 :         whenRtable = NIL;
     687              :     }
     688              : 
     689              :     /*
     690              :      * Find and validate the trigger function.
     691              :      */
     692         8577 :     if (!OidIsValid(funcoid))
     693         8121 :         funcoid = LookupFuncName(stmt->funcname, 0, NULL, false);
     694         8577 :     if (!isInternal)
     695              :     {
     696         1993 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcoid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
     697         1993 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     698            0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
     699            0 :                            NameListToString(stmt->funcname));
     700              :     }
     701         8577 :     funcrettype = get_func_rettype(funcoid);
     702         8577 :     if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
     703            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     704              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     705              :                  errmsg("function %s must return type %s",
     706              :                         NameListToString(stmt->funcname), "trigger")));
     707              : 
     708              :     /*
     709              :      * Scan pg_trigger to see if there is already a trigger of the same name.
     710              :      * Skip this for internally generated triggers, since we'll modify the
     711              :      * name to be unique below.
     712              :      *
     713              :      * NOTE that this is cool only because we have ShareRowExclusiveLock on
     714              :      * the relation, so the trigger set won't be changing underneath us.
     715              :      */
     716         8577 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
     717         8577 :     if (!isInternal)
     718              :     {
     719              :         ScanKeyData skeys[2];
     720              :         SysScanDesc tgscan;
     721              : 
     722         1993 :         ScanKeyInit(&skeys[0],
     723              :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
     724              :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
     725              :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
     726              : 
     727         1993 :         ScanKeyInit(&skeys[1],
     728              :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
     729              :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
     730         1993 :                     CStringGetDatum(stmt->trigname));
     731              : 
     732         1993 :         tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
     733              :                                     NULL, 2, skeys);
     734              : 
     735              :         /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
     736         1993 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
     737              :         {
     738           51 :             Form_pg_trigger oldtrigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
     739              : 
     740           51 :             trigoid = oldtrigger->oid;
     741           51 :             existing_constraint_oid = oldtrigger->tgconstraint;
     742           51 :             existing_isInternal = oldtrigger->tgisinternal;
     743           51 :             existing_isClone = OidIsValid(oldtrigger->tgparentid);
     744           51 :             trigger_exists = true;
     745              :             /* copy the tuple to use in CatalogTupleUpdate() */
     746           51 :             tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
     747              :         }
     748         1993 :         systable_endscan(tgscan);
     749              :     }
     750              : 
     751         8577 :     if (!trigger_exists)
     752              :     {
     753              :         /* Generate the OID for the new trigger. */
     754         8526 :         trigoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId,
     755              :                                      Anum_pg_trigger_oid);
     756              :     }
     757              :     else
     758              :     {
     759              :         /*
     760              :          * If OR REPLACE was specified, we'll replace the old trigger;
     761              :          * otherwise complain about the duplicate name.
     762              :          */
     763           51 :         if (!stmt->replace)
     764            9 :             ereport(ERROR,
     765              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     766              :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
     767              :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     768              : 
     769              :         /*
     770              :          * An internal trigger or a child trigger (isClone) cannot be replaced
     771              :          * by a user-defined trigger.  However, skip this test when
     772              :          * in_partition, because then we're recursing from a partitioned table
     773              :          * and the check was made at the parent level.
     774              :          */
     775           42 :         if ((existing_isInternal || existing_isClone) &&
     776           30 :             !isInternal && !in_partition)
     777            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
     778              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     779              :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is an internal or a child trigger",
     780              :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     781              : 
     782              :         /*
     783              :          * It is not allowed to replace with a constraint trigger; gram.y
     784              :          * should have enforced this already.
     785              :          */
     786              :         Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
     787              : 
     788              :         /*
     789              :          * It is not allowed to replace an existing constraint trigger,
     790              :          * either.  (The reason for these restrictions is partly that it seems
     791              :          * difficult to deal with pending trigger events in such cases, and
     792              :          * partly that the command might imply changing the constraint's
     793              :          * properties as well, which doesn't seem nice.)
     794              :          */
     795           39 :         if (OidIsValid(existing_constraint_oid))
     796            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     797              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     798              :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is a constraint trigger",
     799              :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     800              :     }
     801              : 
     802              :     /*
     803              :      * If it's a user-entered CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER command, make a
     804              :      * corresponding pg_constraint entry.
     805              :      */
     806         8565 :     if (stmt->isconstraint && !OidIsValid(constraintOid))
     807              :     {
     808              :         /* Internal callers should have made their own constraints */
     809              :         Assert(!isInternal);
     810           79 :         constraintOid = CreateConstraintEntry(stmt->trigname,
     811           79 :                                               RelationGetNamespace(rel),
     812              :                                               CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
     813           79 :                                               stmt->deferrable,
     814           79 :                                               stmt->initdeferred,
     815              :                                               true, /* Is Enforced */
     816              :                                               true,
     817              :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no parent */
     818              :                                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
     819              :                                               NULL, /* no conkey */
     820              :                                               0,
     821              :                                               0,
     822              :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no domain */
     823              :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no index */
     824              :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no foreign key */
     825              :                                               NULL,
     826              :                                               NULL,
     827              :                                               NULL,
     828              :                                               NULL,
     829              :                                               0,
     830              :                                               ' ',
     831              :                                               ' ',
     832              :                                               NULL,
     833              :                                               0,
     834              :                                               ' ',
     835              :                                               NULL, /* no exclusion */
     836              :                                               NULL, /* no check constraint */
     837              :                                               NULL,
     838              :                                               true, /* islocal */
     839              :                                               0,    /* inhcount */
     840              :                                               true, /* noinherit */
     841              :                                               false,    /* conperiod */
     842              :                                               isInternal);  /* is_internal */
     843              :     }
     844              : 
     845              :     /*
     846              :      * If trigger is internally generated, modify the provided trigger name to
     847              :      * ensure uniqueness by appending the trigger OID.  (Callers will usually
     848              :      * supply a simple constant trigger name in these cases.)
     849              :      */
     850         8565 :     if (isInternal)
     851              :     {
     852         6584 :         snprintf(internaltrigname, sizeof(internaltrigname),
     853              :                  "%s_%u", stmt->trigname, trigoid);
     854         6584 :         trigname = internaltrigname;
     855              :     }
     856              :     else
     857              :     {
     858              :         /* user-defined trigger; use the specified trigger name as-is */
     859         1981 :         trigname = stmt->trigname;
     860              :     }
     861              : 
     862              :     /*
     863              :      * Build the new pg_trigger tuple.
     864              :      */
     865         8565 :     memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
     866              : 
     867         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(trigoid);
     868         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel));
     869         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgparentid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(parentTriggerOid);
     870         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     871              :                                                              CStringGetDatum(trigname));
     872         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgfoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(funcoid);
     873         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgtype - 1] = Int16GetDatum(tgtype);
     874         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgenabled - 1] = CharGetDatum(trigger_fires_when);
     875         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgisinternal - 1] = BoolGetDatum(isInternal);
     876         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constrrelid);
     877         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrindid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid);
     878         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid);
     879         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgdeferrable - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->deferrable);
     880         8565 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tginitdeferred - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->initdeferred);
     881              : 
     882         8565 :     if (stmt->args)
     883              :     {
     884              :         ListCell   *le;
     885              :         char       *args;
     886          303 :         int16       nargs = list_length(stmt->args);
     887          303 :         int         len = 0;
     888              : 
     889          696 :         foreach(le, stmt->args)
     890              :         {
     891          393 :             char       *ar = strVal(lfirst(le));
     892              : 
     893          393 :             len += strlen(ar) + 4;
     894         3291 :             for (; *ar; ar++)
     895              :             {
     896         2898 :                 if (*ar == '\\')
     897            0 :                     len++;
     898              :             }
     899              :         }
     900          303 :         args = (char *) palloc(len + 1);
     901          303 :         args[0] = '\0';
     902          696 :         foreach(le, stmt->args)
     903              :         {
     904          393 :             char       *s = strVal(lfirst(le));
     905          393 :             char       *d = args + strlen(args);
     906              : 
     907         3291 :             while (*s)
     908              :             {
     909         2898 :                 if (*s == '\\')
     910            0 :                     *d++ = '\\';
     911         2898 :                 *d++ = *s++;
     912              :             }
     913          393 :             strcpy(d, "\\000");
     914              :         }
     915          303 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(nargs);
     916          303 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
     917              :                                                                  CStringGetDatum(args));
     918              :     }
     919              :     else
     920              :     {
     921         8262 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(0);
     922         8262 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
     923              :                                                                  CStringGetDatum(""));
     924              :     }
     925              : 
     926              :     /* build column number array if it's a column-specific trigger */
     927         8565 :     ncolumns = list_length(stmt->columns);
     928         8565 :     if (ncolumns == 0)
     929         8512 :         columns = NULL;
     930              :     else
     931              :     {
     932              :         ListCell   *cell;
     933           53 :         int         i = 0;
     934              : 
     935           53 :         columns = (int16 *) palloc(ncolumns * sizeof(int16));
     936          110 :         foreach(cell, stmt->columns)
     937              :         {
     938           60 :             char       *name = strVal(lfirst(cell));
     939              :             int16       attnum;
     940              :             int         j;
     941              : 
     942              :             /* Lookup column name.  System columns are not allowed */
     943           60 :             attnum = attnameAttNum(rel, name, false);
     944           60 :             if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
     945            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     946              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
     947              :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
     948              :                                 name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     949              : 
     950              :             /* Check for duplicates */
     951           64 :             for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
     952              :             {
     953            7 :                 if (columns[j] == attnum)
     954            3 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     955              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
     956              :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
     957              :                                     name)));
     958              :             }
     959              : 
     960           57 :             columns[i++] = attnum;
     961              :         }
     962              :     }
     963         8562 :     tgattr = buildint2vector(columns, ncolumns);
     964         8562 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1] = PointerGetDatum(tgattr);
     965              : 
     966              :     /* set tgqual if trigger has WHEN clause */
     967         8562 :     if (qual)
     968           89 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(qual);
     969              :     else
     970         8473 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = true;
     971              : 
     972         8562 :     if (oldtablename)
     973          126 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     974              :                                                                      CStringGetDatum(oldtablename));
     975              :     else
     976         8436 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = true;
     977         8562 :     if (newtablename)
     978          144 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     979              :                                                                      CStringGetDatum(newtablename));
     980              :     else
     981         8418 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = true;
     982              : 
     983              :     /*
     984              :      * Insert or replace tuple in pg_trigger.
     985              :      */
     986         8562 :     if (!trigger_exists)
     987              :     {
     988         8523 :         tuple = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
     989         8523 :         CatalogTupleInsert(tgrel, tuple);
     990              :     }
     991              :     else
     992              :     {
     993              :         HeapTuple   newtup;
     994              : 
     995           39 :         newtup = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
     996           39 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
     997           39 :         heap_freetuple(newtup);
     998              :     }
     999              : 
    1000         8562 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);      /* free either original or new tuple */
    1001         8562 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1002              : 
    1003         8562 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1]));
    1004         8562 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1]));
    1005         8562 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1]));
    1006         8562 :     if (oldtablename)
    1007          126 :         pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1]));
    1008         8562 :     if (newtablename)
    1009          144 :         pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1]));
    1010              : 
    1011              :     /*
    1012              :      * Update relation's pg_class entry; if necessary; and if not, send an SI
    1013              :      * message to make other backends (and this one) rebuild relcache entries.
    1014              :      */
    1015         8562 :     pgrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1016         8562 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
    1017              :                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    1018         8562 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1019            0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
    1020              :              RelationGetRelid(rel));
    1021         8562 :     if (!((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers)
    1022              :     {
    1023         3282 :         ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers = true;
    1024              : 
    1025         3282 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(pgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    1026              : 
    1027         3282 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    1028              :     }
    1029              :     else
    1030         5280 :         CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
    1031              : 
    1032         8562 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    1033         8562 :     table_close(pgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1034              : 
    1035              :     /*
    1036              :      * If we're replacing a trigger, flush all the old dependencies before
    1037              :      * recording new ones.
    1038              :      */
    1039         8562 :     if (trigger_exists)
    1040           39 :         deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, true);
    1041              : 
    1042              :     /*
    1043              :      * Record dependencies for trigger.  Always place a normal dependency on
    1044              :      * the function.
    1045              :      */
    1046         8562 :     myself.classId = TriggerRelationId;
    1047         8562 :     myself.objectId = trigoid;
    1048         8562 :     myself.objectSubId = 0;
    1049              : 
    1050         8562 :     referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
    1051         8562 :     referenced.objectId = funcoid;
    1052         8562 :     referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1053         8562 :     recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1054              : 
    1055         8562 :     if (isInternal && OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    1056              :     {
    1057              :         /*
    1058              :          * Internally-generated trigger for a constraint, so make it an
    1059              :          * internal dependency of the constraint.  We can skip depending on
    1060              :          * the relation(s), as there'll be an indirect dependency via the
    1061              :          * constraint.
    1062              :          */
    1063         6584 :         referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
    1064         6584 :         referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
    1065         6584 :         referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1066         6584 :         recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    1067              :     }
    1068              :     else
    1069              :     {
    1070              :         /*
    1071              :          * User CREATE TRIGGER, so place dependencies.  We make trigger be
    1072              :          * auto-dropped if its relation is dropped or if the FK relation is
    1073              :          * dropped.  (Auto drop is compatible with our pre-7.3 behavior.)
    1074              :          */
    1075         1978 :         referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1076         1978 :         referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    1077         1978 :         referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1078         1978 :         recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    1079              : 
    1080         1978 :         if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
    1081              :         {
    1082           21 :             referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1083           21 :             referenced.objectId = constrrelid;
    1084           21 :             referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1085           21 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    1086              :         }
    1087              :         /* Not possible to have an index dependency in this case */
    1088              :         Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
    1089              : 
    1090              :         /*
    1091              :          * If it's a user-specified constraint trigger, make the constraint
    1092              :          * internally dependent on the trigger instead of vice versa.
    1093              :          */
    1094         1978 :         if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    1095              :         {
    1096           79 :             referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
    1097           79 :             referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
    1098           79 :             referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1099           79 :             recordDependencyOn(&referenced, &myself, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    1100              :         }
    1101              : 
    1102              :         /*
    1103              :          * If it's a partition trigger, create the partition dependencies.
    1104              :          */
    1105         1978 :         if (OidIsValid(parentTriggerOid))
    1106              :         {
    1107          450 :             ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTriggerOid);
    1108          450 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1109          450 :             ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
    1110          450 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1111              :         }
    1112              :     }
    1113              : 
    1114              :     /* If column-specific trigger, add normal dependencies on columns */
    1115         8562 :     if (columns != NULL)
    1116              :     {
    1117              :         int         i;
    1118              : 
    1119           50 :         referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1120           50 :         referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    1121          104 :         for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
    1122              :         {
    1123           54 :             referenced.objectSubId = columns[i];
    1124           54 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1125              :         }
    1126              :     }
    1127              : 
    1128              :     /*
    1129              :      * If it has a WHEN clause, add dependencies on objects mentioned in the
    1130              :      * expression (eg, functions, as well as any columns used).
    1131              :      */
    1132         8562 :     if (whenRtable != NIL)
    1133           68 :         recordDependencyOnExpr(&myself, whenClause, whenRtable,
    1134              :                                DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1135              : 
    1136              :     /* Post creation hook for new trigger */
    1137         8562 :     InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, 0,
    1138              :                                   isInternal);
    1139              : 
    1140              :     /*
    1141              :      * Lastly, create the trigger on child relations, if needed.
    1142              :      */
    1143         8562 :     if (partition_recurse)
    1144              :     {
    1145          205 :         PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
    1146              :         int         i;
    1147              :         MemoryContext oldcxt,
    1148              :                     perChildCxt;
    1149              : 
    1150          205 :         perChildCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
    1151              :                                             "part trig clone",
    1152              :                                             ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
    1153              : 
    1154              :         /*
    1155              :          * We don't currently expect to be called with a valid indexOid.  If
    1156              :          * that ever changes then we'll need to write code here to find the
    1157              :          * corresponding child index.
    1158              :          */
    1159              :         Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
    1160              : 
    1161          205 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perChildCxt);
    1162              : 
    1163              :         /* Iterate to create the trigger on each existing partition */
    1164          559 :         for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1165              :         {
    1166              :             CreateTrigStmt *childStmt;
    1167              :             Relation    childTbl;
    1168              :             Node       *qual;
    1169              : 
    1170          357 :             childTbl = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
    1171              : 
    1172              :             /*
    1173              :              * Initialize our fabricated parse node by copying the original
    1174              :              * one, then resetting fields that we pass separately.
    1175              :              */
    1176          357 :             childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
    1177          357 :             childStmt->funcname = NIL;
    1178          357 :             childStmt->whenClause = NULL;
    1179              : 
    1180              :             /* If there is a WHEN clause, create a modified copy of it */
    1181          357 :             qual = copyObject(whenClause);
    1182              :             qual = (Node *)
    1183          357 :                 map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
    1184              :                                         childTbl, rel);
    1185              :             qual = (Node *)
    1186          357 :                 map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
    1187              :                                         childTbl, rel);
    1188              : 
    1189          357 :             CreateTriggerFiringOn(childStmt, queryString,
    1190          357 :                                   partdesc->oids[i], refRelOid,
    1191              :                                   InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
    1192              :                                   funcoid, trigoid, qual,
    1193              :                                   isInternal, true, trigger_fires_when);
    1194              : 
    1195          354 :             table_close(childTbl, NoLock);
    1196              : 
    1197          354 :             MemoryContextReset(perChildCxt);
    1198              :         }
    1199              : 
    1200          202 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    1201          202 :         MemoryContextDelete(perChildCxt);
    1202              :     }
    1203              : 
    1204              :     /* Keep lock on target rel until end of xact */
    1205         8559 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
    1206              : 
    1207         8559 :     return myself;
    1208              : }
    1209              : 
    1210              : /*
    1211              :  * TriggerSetParentTrigger
    1212              :  *      Set a partition's trigger as child of its parent trigger,
    1213              :  *      or remove the linkage if parentTrigId is InvalidOid.
    1214              :  *
    1215              :  * This updates the constraint's pg_trigger row to show it as inherited, and
    1216              :  * adds PARTITION dependencies to prevent the trigger from being deleted
    1217              :  * on its own.  Alternatively, reverse that.
    1218              :  */
    1219              : void
    1220          258 : TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel,
    1221              :                         Oid childTrigId,
    1222              :                         Oid parentTrigId,
    1223              :                         Oid childTableId)
    1224              : {
    1225              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1226              :     ScanKeyData skey[1];
    1227              :     Form_pg_trigger trigForm;
    1228              :     HeapTuple   tuple,
    1229              :                 newtup;
    1230              :     ObjectAddress depender;
    1231              :     ObjectAddress referenced;
    1232              : 
    1233              :     /*
    1234              :      * Find the trigger to delete.
    1235              :      */
    1236          258 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1237              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
    1238              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1239              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(childTrigId));
    1240              : 
    1241          258 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigRel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
    1242              :                                 NULL, 1, skey);
    1243              : 
    1244          258 :     tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1245          258 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1246            0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", childTrigId);
    1247          258 :     newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
    1248          258 :     trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
    1249          258 :     if (OidIsValid(parentTrigId))
    1250              :     {
    1251              :         /* don't allow setting parent for a constraint that already has one */
    1252          150 :         if (OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))
    1253            0 :             elog(ERROR, "trigger %u already has a parent trigger",
    1254              :                  childTrigId);
    1255              : 
    1256          150 :         trigForm->tgparentid = parentTrigId;
    1257              : 
    1258          150 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
    1259              : 
    1260          150 :         ObjectAddressSet(depender, TriggerRelationId, childTrigId);
    1261              : 
    1262          150 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTrigId);
    1263          150 :         recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1264              : 
    1265          150 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, childTableId);
    1266          150 :         recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1267              :     }
    1268              :     else
    1269              :     {
    1270          108 :         trigForm->tgparentid = InvalidOid;
    1271              : 
    1272          108 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
    1273              : 
    1274          108 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
    1275              :                                         TriggerRelationId,
    1276              :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1277          108 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
    1278              :                                         RelationRelationId,
    1279              :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1280              :     }
    1281              : 
    1282          258 :     heap_freetuple(newtup);
    1283          258 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1284          258 : }
    1285              : 
    1286              : 
    1287              : /*
    1288              :  * Guts of trigger deletion.
    1289              :  */
    1290              : void
    1291         7463 : RemoveTriggerById(Oid trigOid)
    1292              : {
    1293              :     Relation    tgrel;
    1294              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1295              :     ScanKeyData skey[1];
    1296              :     HeapTuple   tup;
    1297              :     Oid         relid;
    1298              :     Relation    rel;
    1299              : 
    1300         7463 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1301              : 
    1302              :     /*
    1303              :      * Find the trigger to delete.
    1304              :      */
    1305         7463 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1306              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
    1307              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1308              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(trigOid));
    1309              : 
    1310         7463 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
    1311              :                                 NULL, 1, skey);
    1312              : 
    1313         7463 :     tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1314         7463 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    1315            0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", trigOid);
    1316              : 
    1317              :     /*
    1318              :      * Open and exclusive-lock the relation the trigger belongs to.
    1319              :      */
    1320         7463 :     relid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->tgrelid;
    1321              : 
    1322         7463 :     rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1323              : 
    1324         7463 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
    1325         1372 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
    1326         1304 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    1327         1258 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1328            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1329              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1330              :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
    1331              :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    1332              :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
    1333              : 
    1334         7463 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
    1335            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1336              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1337              :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    1338              :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    1339              : 
    1340              :     /*
    1341              :      * Delete the pg_trigger tuple.
    1342              :      */
    1343         7463 :     CatalogTupleDelete(tgrel, &tup->t_self);
    1344              : 
    1345         7463 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1346         7463 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1347              : 
    1348              :     /*
    1349              :      * We do not bother to try to determine whether any other triggers remain,
    1350              :      * which would be needed in order to decide whether it's safe to clear the
    1351              :      * relation's relhastriggers.  (In any case, there might be a concurrent
    1352              :      * process adding new triggers.)  Instead, just force a relcache inval to
    1353              :      * make other backends (and this one too!) rebuild their relcache entries.
    1354              :      * There's no great harm in leaving relhastriggers true even if there are
    1355              :      * no triggers left.
    1356              :      */
    1357         7463 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
    1358              : 
    1359              :     /* Keep lock on trigger's rel until end of xact */
    1360         7463 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
    1361         7463 : }
    1362              : 
    1363              : /*
    1364              :  * get_trigger_oid - Look up a trigger by name to find its OID.
    1365              :  *
    1366              :  * If missing_ok is false, throw an error if trigger not found.  If
    1367              :  * true, just return InvalidOid.
    1368              :  */
    1369              : Oid
    1370          396 : get_trigger_oid(Oid relid, const char *trigname, bool missing_ok)
    1371              : {
    1372              :     Relation    tgrel;
    1373              :     ScanKeyData skey[2];
    1374              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1375              :     HeapTuple   tup;
    1376              :     Oid         oid;
    1377              : 
    1378              :     /*
    1379              :      * Find the trigger, verify permissions, set up object address
    1380              :      */
    1381          396 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    1382              : 
    1383          396 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1384              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1385              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1386              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1387          396 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
    1388              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1389              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1390              :                 CStringGetDatum(trigname));
    1391              : 
    1392          396 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1393              :                                 NULL, 2, skey);
    1394              : 
    1395          396 :     tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1396              : 
    1397          396 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    1398              :     {
    1399           15 :         if (!missing_ok)
    1400           12 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1401              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1402              :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1403              :                             trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
    1404            3 :         oid = InvalidOid;
    1405              :     }
    1406              :     else
    1407              :     {
    1408          381 :         oid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
    1409              :     }
    1410              : 
    1411          384 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1412          384 :     table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    1413          384 :     return oid;
    1414              : }
    1415              : 
    1416              : /*
    1417              :  * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock.
    1418              :  */
    1419              : static void
    1420           21 : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
    1421              :                                  void *arg)
    1422              : {
    1423              :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1424              :     Form_pg_class form;
    1425              : 
    1426           21 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1427           21 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1428            0 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped */
    1429           21 :     form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1430              : 
    1431              :     /* only tables and views can have triggers */
    1432           21 :     if (form->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && form->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
    1433           13 :         form->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    1434           13 :         form->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1435            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1436              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1437              :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
    1438              :                         rv->relname),
    1439              :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(form->relkind)));
    1440              : 
    1441              :     /* you must own the table to rename one of its triggers */
    1442           21 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
    1443            0 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
    1444           21 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, form))
    1445            1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1446              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1447              :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    1448              :                         rv->relname)));
    1449              : 
    1450           20 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    1451              : }
    1452              : 
    1453              : /*
    1454              :  *      renametrig      - changes the name of a trigger on a relation
    1455              :  *
    1456              :  *      trigger name is changed in trigger catalog.
    1457              :  *      No record of the previous name is kept.
    1458              :  *
    1459              :  *      get proper relrelation from relation catalog (if not arg)
    1460              :  *      scan trigger catalog
    1461              :  *              for name conflict (within rel)
    1462              :  *              for original trigger (if not arg)
    1463              :  *      modify tgname in trigger tuple
    1464              :  *      update row in catalog
    1465              :  */
    1466              : ObjectAddress
    1467           20 : renametrig(RenameStmt *stmt)
    1468              : {
    1469              :     Oid         tgoid;
    1470              :     Relation    targetrel;
    1471              :     Relation    tgrel;
    1472              :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1473              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1474              :     ScanKeyData key[2];
    1475              :     Oid         relid;
    1476              :     ObjectAddress address;
    1477              : 
    1478              :     /*
    1479              :      * Look up name, check permissions, and acquire lock (which we will NOT
    1480              :      * release until end of transaction).
    1481              :      */
    1482           20 :     relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
    1483              :                                      0,
    1484              :                                      RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger,
    1485              :                                      NULL);
    1486              : 
    1487              :     /* Have lock already, so just need to build relcache entry. */
    1488           19 :     targetrel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
    1489              : 
    1490              :     /*
    1491              :      * On partitioned tables, this operation recurses to partitions.  Lock all
    1492              :      * tables upfront.
    1493              :      */
    1494           19 :     if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1495           12 :         (void) find_all_inheritors(relid, AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
    1496              : 
    1497           19 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1498              : 
    1499              :     /*
    1500              :      * Search for the trigger to modify.
    1501              :      */
    1502           19 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    1503              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1504              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1505              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1506           19 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
    1507              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1508              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1509           19 :                 PointerGetDatum(stmt->subname));
    1510           19 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1511              :                                 NULL, 2, key);
    1512           19 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1513              :     {
    1514              :         Form_pg_trigger trigform;
    1515              : 
    1516           19 :         trigform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1517           19 :         tgoid = trigform->oid;
    1518              : 
    1519              :         /*
    1520              :          * If the trigger descends from a trigger on a parent partitioned
    1521              :          * table, reject the rename.  We don't allow a trigger in a partition
    1522              :          * to differ in name from that of its parent: that would lead to an
    1523              :          * inconsistency that pg_dump would not reproduce.
    1524              :          */
    1525           19 :         if (OidIsValid(trigform->tgparentid))
    1526            3 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1527              :                     errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1528              :                     errmsg("cannot rename trigger \"%s\" on table \"%s\"",
    1529              :                            stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)),
    1530              :                     errhint("Rename the trigger on the partitioned table \"%s\" instead.",
    1531              :                             get_rel_name(get_partition_parent(relid, false))));
    1532              : 
    1533              : 
    1534              :         /* Rename the trigger on this relation ... */
    1535           16 :         renametrig_internal(tgrel, targetrel, tuple, stmt->newname,
    1536           16 :                             stmt->subname);
    1537              : 
    1538              :         /* ... and if it is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
    1539           16 :         if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1540              :         {
    1541            9 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(targetrel, true);
    1542              : 
    1543           15 :             for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1544              :             {
    1545            9 :                 Oid         partitionId = partdesc->oids[i];
    1546              : 
    1547            9 :                 renametrig_partition(tgrel, partitionId, trigform->oid,
    1548            9 :                                      stmt->newname, stmt->subname);
    1549              :             }
    1550              :         }
    1551              :     }
    1552              :     else
    1553              :     {
    1554            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1555              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1556              :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1557              :                         stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    1558              :     }
    1559              : 
    1560           13 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, TriggerRelationId, tgoid);
    1561              : 
    1562           13 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1563              : 
    1564           13 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1565              : 
    1566              :     /*
    1567              :      * Close rel, but keep exclusive lock!
    1568              :      */
    1569           13 :     relation_close(targetrel, NoLock);
    1570              : 
    1571           13 :     return address;
    1572              : }
    1573              : 
    1574              : /*
    1575              :  * Subroutine for renametrig -- perform the actual work of renaming one
    1576              :  * trigger on one table.
    1577              :  *
    1578              :  * If the trigger has a name different from the expected one, raise a
    1579              :  * NOTICE about it.
    1580              :  */
    1581              : static void
    1582           28 : renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel, HeapTuple trigtup,
    1583              :                     const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
    1584              : {
    1585              :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1586              :     Form_pg_trigger tgform;
    1587              :     ScanKeyData key[2];
    1588              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1589              : 
    1590              :     /* If the trigger already has the new name, nothing to do. */
    1591           28 :     tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
    1592           28 :     if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), newname) == 0)
    1593            0 :         return;
    1594              : 
    1595              :     /*
    1596              :      * Before actually trying the rename, search for triggers with the same
    1597              :      * name.  The update would fail with an ugly message in that case, and it
    1598              :      * is better to throw a nicer error.
    1599              :      */
    1600           28 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    1601              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1602              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1603              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(targetrel)));
    1604           28 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
    1605              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1606              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1607              :                 PointerGetDatum(newname));
    1608           28 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1609              :                                 NULL, 2, key);
    1610           28 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1611            3 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1612              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
    1613              :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
    1614              :                         newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    1615           25 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1616              : 
    1617              :     /*
    1618              :      * The target name is free; update the existing pg_trigger tuple with it.
    1619              :      */
    1620           25 :     tuple = heap_copytuple(trigtup);    /* need a modifiable copy */
    1621           25 :     tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1622              : 
    1623              :     /*
    1624              :      * If the trigger has a name different from what we expected, let the user
    1625              :      * know. (We can proceed anyway, since we must have reached here following
    1626              :      * a tgparentid link.)
    1627              :      */
    1628           25 :     if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), expected_name) != 0)
    1629            0 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    1630              :                 errmsg("renamed trigger \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
    1631              :                        NameStr(tgform->tgname),
    1632              :                        RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)));
    1633              : 
    1634           25 :     namestrcpy(&tgform->tgname, newname);
    1635              : 
    1636           25 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    1637              : 
    1638           25 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
    1639              : 
    1640              :     /*
    1641              :      * Invalidate relation's relcache entry so that other backends (and this
    1642              :      * one too!) are sent SI message to make them rebuild relcache entries.
    1643              :      * (Ideally this should happen automatically...)
    1644              :      */
    1645           25 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrel);
    1646              : }
    1647              : 
    1648              : /*
    1649              :  * Subroutine for renametrig -- Helper for recursing to partitions when
    1650              :  * renaming triggers on a partitioned table.
    1651              :  */
    1652              : static void
    1653           15 : renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId, Oid parentTriggerOid,
    1654              :                      const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
    1655              : {
    1656              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1657              :     ScanKeyData key;
    1658              :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1659              : 
    1660              :     /*
    1661              :      * Given a relation and the OID of a trigger on parent relation, find the
    1662              :      * corresponding trigger in the child and rename that trigger to the given
    1663              :      * name.
    1664              :      */
    1665           15 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
    1666              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1667              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1668              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
    1669           15 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1670              :                                 NULL, 1, &key);
    1671           24 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1672              :     {
    1673           21 :         Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1674              :         Relation    partitionRel;
    1675              : 
    1676           21 :         if (tgform->tgparentid != parentTriggerOid)
    1677            9 :             continue;           /* not our trigger */
    1678              : 
    1679           12 :         partitionRel = table_open(partitionId, NoLock);
    1680              : 
    1681              :         /* Rename the trigger on this partition */
    1682           12 :         renametrig_internal(tgrel, partitionRel, tuple, newname, expected_name);
    1683              : 
    1684              :         /* And if this relation is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
    1685            9 :         if (partitionRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1686              :         {
    1687            3 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(partitionRel,
    1688              :                                                               true);
    1689              : 
    1690            9 :             for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1691              :             {
    1692            6 :                 Oid         partoid = partdesc->oids[i];
    1693              : 
    1694            6 :                 renametrig_partition(tgrel, partoid, tgform->oid, newname,
    1695            6 :                                      NameStr(tgform->tgname));
    1696              :             }
    1697              :         }
    1698            9 :         table_close(partitionRel, NoLock);
    1699              : 
    1700              :         /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
    1701            9 :         break;
    1702              :     }
    1703           12 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1704           12 : }
    1705              : 
    1706              : /*
    1707              :  * EnableDisableTrigger()
    1708              :  *
    1709              :  *  Called by ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ] TRIGGER
    1710              :  *  to change 'tgenabled' field for the specified trigger(s)
    1711              :  *
    1712              :  * rel: relation to process (caller must hold suitable lock on it)
    1713              :  * tgname: name of trigger to process, or NULL to scan all triggers
    1714              :  * tgparent: if not zero, process only triggers with this tgparentid
    1715              :  * fires_when: new value for tgenabled field. In addition to generic
    1716              :  *             enablement/disablement, this also defines when the trigger
    1717              :  *             should be fired in session replication roles.
    1718              :  * skip_system: if true, skip "system" triggers (constraint triggers)
    1719              :  * recurse: if true, recurse to partitions
    1720              :  *
    1721              :  * Caller should have checked permissions for the table; here we also
    1722              :  * enforce that superuser privilege is required to alter the state of
    1723              :  * system triggers
    1724              :  */
    1725              : void
    1726          226 : EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent,
    1727              :                      char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
    1728              :                      LOCKMODE lockmode)
    1729              : {
    1730              :     Relation    tgrel;
    1731              :     int         nkeys;
    1732              :     ScanKeyData keys[2];
    1733              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1734              :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1735              :     bool        found;
    1736              :     bool        changed;
    1737              : 
    1738              :     /* Scan the relevant entries in pg_triggers */
    1739          226 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1740              : 
    1741          226 :     ScanKeyInit(&keys[0],
    1742              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1743              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1744              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    1745          226 :     if (tgname)
    1746              :     {
    1747          159 :         ScanKeyInit(&keys[1],
    1748              :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1749              :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1750              :                     CStringGetDatum(tgname));
    1751          159 :         nkeys = 2;
    1752              :     }
    1753              :     else
    1754           67 :         nkeys = 1;
    1755              : 
    1756          226 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1757              :                                 NULL, nkeys, keys);
    1758              : 
    1759          226 :     found = changed = false;
    1760              : 
    1761          590 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1762              :     {
    1763          364 :         Form_pg_trigger oldtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1764              : 
    1765          364 :         if (OidIsValid(tgparent) && tgparent != oldtrig->tgparentid)
    1766           96 :             continue;
    1767              : 
    1768          268 :         if (oldtrig->tgisinternal)
    1769              :         {
    1770              :             /* system trigger ... ok to process? */
    1771           36 :             if (skip_system)
    1772            6 :                 continue;
    1773           30 :             if (!superuser())
    1774            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    1775              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1776              :                          errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system trigger",
    1777              :                                 NameStr(oldtrig->tgname))));
    1778              :         }
    1779              : 
    1780          262 :         found = true;
    1781              : 
    1782          262 :         if (oldtrig->tgenabled != fires_when)
    1783              :         {
    1784              :             /* need to change this one ... make a copy to scribble on */
    1785          247 :             HeapTuple   newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
    1786          247 :             Form_pg_trigger newtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
    1787              : 
    1788          247 :             newtrig->tgenabled = fires_when;
    1789              : 
    1790          247 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
    1791              : 
    1792          247 :             heap_freetuple(newtup);
    1793              : 
    1794          247 :             changed = true;
    1795              :         }
    1796              : 
    1797              :         /*
    1798              :          * When altering FOR EACH ROW triggers on a partitioned table, do the
    1799              :          * same on the partitions as well, unless ONLY is specified.
    1800              :          *
    1801              :          * Note that we recurse even if we didn't change the trigger above,
    1802              :          * because the partitions' copy of the trigger may have a different
    1803              :          * value of tgenabled than the parent's trigger and thus might need to
    1804              :          * be changed.
    1805              :          */
    1806          262 :         if (recurse &&
    1807          248 :             rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
    1808           43 :             (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(oldtrig->tgtype)))
    1809              :         {
    1810           37 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
    1811              :             int         i;
    1812              : 
    1813           92 :             for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1814              :             {
    1815              :                 Relation    part;
    1816              : 
    1817           55 :                 part = relation_open(partdesc->oids[i], lockmode);
    1818              :                 /* Match on child triggers' tgparentid, not their name */
    1819           55 :                 EnableDisableTrigger(part, NULL, oldtrig->oid,
    1820              :                                      fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
    1821              :                                      lockmode);
    1822           55 :                 table_close(part, NoLock);  /* keep lock till commit */
    1823              :             }
    1824              :         }
    1825              : 
    1826          262 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId,
    1827              :                                   oldtrig->oid, 0);
    1828              :     }
    1829              : 
    1830          226 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1831              : 
    1832          226 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1833              : 
    1834          226 :     if (tgname && !found)
    1835            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1836              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1837              :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1838              :                         tgname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    1839              : 
    1840              :     /*
    1841              :      * If we changed anything, broadcast a SI inval message to force each
    1842              :      * backend (including our own!) to rebuild relation's relcache entry.
    1843              :      * Otherwise they will fail to apply the change promptly.
    1844              :      */
    1845          226 :     if (changed)
    1846          223 :         CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
    1847          226 : }
    1848              : 
    1849              : 
    1850              : /*
    1851              :  * Build trigger data to attach to the given relcache entry.
    1852              :  *
    1853              :  * Note that trigger data attached to a relcache entry must be stored in
    1854              :  * CacheMemoryContext to ensure it survives as long as the relcache entry.
    1855              :  * But we should be running in a less long-lived working context.  To avoid
    1856              :  * leaking cache memory if this routine fails partway through, we build a
    1857              :  * temporary TriggerDesc in working memory and then copy the completed
    1858              :  * structure into cache memory.
    1859              :  */
    1860              : void
    1861        32736 : RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
    1862              : {
    1863              :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    1864              :     int         numtrigs;
    1865              :     int         maxtrigs;
    1866              :     Trigger    *triggers;
    1867              :     Relation    tgrel;
    1868              :     ScanKeyData skey;
    1869              :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1870              :     HeapTuple   htup;
    1871              :     MemoryContext oldContext;
    1872              :     int         i;
    1873              : 
    1874              :     /*
    1875              :      * Allocate a working array to hold the triggers (the array is extended if
    1876              :      * necessary)
    1877              :      */
    1878        32736 :     maxtrigs = 16;
    1879        32736 :     triggers = (Trigger *) palloc(maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
    1880        32736 :     numtrigs = 0;
    1881              : 
    1882              :     /*
    1883              :      * Note: since we scan the triggers using TriggerRelidNameIndexId, we will
    1884              :      * be reading the triggers in name order, except possibly during
    1885              :      * emergency-recovery operations (ie, IgnoreSystemIndexes). This in turn
    1886              :      * ensures that triggers will be fired in name order.
    1887              :      */
    1888        32736 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
    1889              :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1890              :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1891              :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
    1892              : 
    1893        32736 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    1894        32736 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1895              :                                 NULL, 1, &skey);
    1896              : 
    1897        91420 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1898              :     {
    1899        58684 :         Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    1900              :         Trigger    *build;
    1901              :         Datum       datum;
    1902              :         bool        isnull;
    1903              : 
    1904        58684 :         if (numtrigs >= maxtrigs)
    1905              :         {
    1906           24 :             maxtrigs *= 2;
    1907           24 :             triggers = (Trigger *) repalloc(triggers, maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
    1908              :         }
    1909        58684 :         build = &(triggers[numtrigs]);
    1910              : 
    1911        58684 :         build->tgoid = pg_trigger->oid;
    1912        58684 :         build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
    1913              :                                                             NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
    1914        58684 :         build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
    1915        58684 :         build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
    1916        58684 :         build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
    1917        58684 :         build->tgisinternal = pg_trigger->tgisinternal;
    1918        58684 :         build->tgisclone = OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid);
    1919        58684 :         build->tgconstrrelid = pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid;
    1920        58684 :         build->tgconstrindid = pg_trigger->tgconstrindid;
    1921        58684 :         build->tgconstraint = pg_trigger->tgconstraint;
    1922        58684 :         build->tgdeferrable = pg_trigger->tgdeferrable;
    1923        58684 :         build->tginitdeferred = pg_trigger->tginitdeferred;
    1924        58684 :         build->tgnargs = pg_trigger->tgnargs;
    1925              :         /* tgattr is first var-width field, so OK to access directly */
    1926        58684 :         build->tgnattr = pg_trigger->tgattr.dim1;
    1927        58684 :         if (build->tgnattr > 0)
    1928              :         {
    1929          265 :             build->tgattr = (int16 *) palloc(build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    1930          265 :             memcpy(build->tgattr, &(pg_trigger->tgattr.values),
    1931          265 :                    build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    1932              :         }
    1933              :         else
    1934        58419 :             build->tgattr = NULL;
    1935        58684 :         if (build->tgnargs > 0)
    1936              :         {
    1937              :             bytea      *val;
    1938              :             char       *p;
    1939              : 
    1940         1776 :             val = DatumGetByteaPP(fastgetattr(htup,
    1941              :                                               Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
    1942              :                                               tgrel->rd_att, &isnull));
    1943         1776 :             if (isnull)
    1944            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null in trigger for relation \"%s\"",
    1945              :                      RelationGetRelationName(relation));
    1946         1776 :             p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(val);
    1947         1776 :             build->tgargs = (char **) palloc(build->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
    1948         3790 :             for (i = 0; i < build->tgnargs; i++)
    1949              :             {
    1950         2014 :                 build->tgargs[i] = pstrdup(p);
    1951         2014 :                 p += strlen(p) + 1;
    1952              :             }
    1953              :         }
    1954              :         else
    1955        56908 :             build->tgargs = NULL;
    1956              : 
    1957        58684 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable,
    1958              :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1959        58684 :         if (!isnull)
    1960          512 :             build->tgoldtable =
    1961          512 :                 DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
    1962              :         else
    1963        58172 :             build->tgoldtable = NULL;
    1964              : 
    1965        58684 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable,
    1966              :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1967        58684 :         if (!isnull)
    1968          671 :             build->tgnewtable =
    1969          671 :                 DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
    1970              :         else
    1971        58013 :             build->tgnewtable = NULL;
    1972              : 
    1973        58684 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
    1974              :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1975        58684 :         if (!isnull)
    1976          453 :             build->tgqual = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
    1977              :         else
    1978        58231 :             build->tgqual = NULL;
    1979              : 
    1980        58684 :         numtrigs++;
    1981              :     }
    1982              : 
    1983        32736 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1984        32736 :     table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    1985              : 
    1986              :     /* There might not be any triggers */
    1987        32736 :     if (numtrigs == 0)
    1988              :     {
    1989         7561 :         pfree(triggers);
    1990         7561 :         return;
    1991              :     }
    1992              : 
    1993              :     /* Build trigdesc */
    1994        25175 :     trigdesc = palloc0_object(TriggerDesc);
    1995        25175 :     trigdesc->triggers = triggers;
    1996        25175 :     trigdesc->numtriggers = numtrigs;
    1997        83859 :     for (i = 0; i < numtrigs; i++)
    1998        58684 :         SetTriggerFlags(trigdesc, &(triggers[i]));
    1999              : 
    2000              :     /* Copy completed trigdesc into cache storage */
    2001        25175 :     oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
    2002        25175 :     relation->trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
    2003        25175 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    2004              : 
    2005              :     /* Release working memory */
    2006        25175 :     FreeTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
    2007              : }
    2008              : 
    2009              : /*
    2010              :  * Update the TriggerDesc's hint flags to include the specified trigger
    2011              :  */
    2012              : static void
    2013        58684 : SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger)
    2014              : {
    2015        58684 :     int16       tgtype = trigger->tgtype;
    2016              : 
    2017        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_before_row |=
    2018        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2019              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2020        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row |=
    2021        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2022              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2023        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_instead_row |=
    2024        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2025              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2026        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement |=
    2027        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2028              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2029        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement |=
    2030        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2031              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2032        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_update_before_row |=
    2033        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2034              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2035        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_update_after_row |=
    2036        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2037              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2038        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_update_instead_row |=
    2039        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2040              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2041        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement |=
    2042        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2043              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2044        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement |=
    2045        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2046              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2047        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_before_row |=
    2048        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2049              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2050        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row |=
    2051        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2052              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2053        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_instead_row |=
    2054        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2055              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2056        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement |=
    2057        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2058              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2059        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement |=
    2060        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2061              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2062              :     /* there are no row-level truncate triggers */
    2063        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement |=
    2064        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2065              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
    2066        58684 :     trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement |=
    2067        58684 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2068              :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
    2069              : 
    2070       117368 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table |=
    2071        78125 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) &&
    2072        19441 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    2073       117368 :     trigdesc->trig_update_old_table |=
    2074        85264 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
    2075        26580 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
    2076       117368 :     trigdesc->trig_update_new_table |=
    2077        85264 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
    2078        26580 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    2079       117368 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table |=
    2080        74884 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) &&
    2081        16200 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
    2082        58684 : }
    2083              : 
    2084              : /*
    2085              :  * Copy a TriggerDesc data structure.
    2086              :  *
    2087              :  * The copy is allocated in the current memory context.
    2088              :  */
    2089              : TriggerDesc *
    2090       244402 : CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2091              : {
    2092              :     TriggerDesc *newdesc;
    2093              :     Trigger    *trigger;
    2094              :     int         i;
    2095              : 
    2096       244402 :     if (trigdesc == NULL || trigdesc->numtriggers <= 0)
    2097       209743 :         return NULL;
    2098              : 
    2099        34659 :     newdesc = palloc_object(TriggerDesc);
    2100        34659 :     memcpy(newdesc, trigdesc, sizeof(TriggerDesc));
    2101              : 
    2102        34659 :     trigger = (Trigger *) palloc(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    2103        34659 :     memcpy(trigger, trigdesc->triggers,
    2104        34659 :            trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    2105        34659 :     newdesc->triggers = trigger;
    2106              : 
    2107       119286 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2108              :     {
    2109        84627 :         trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
    2110        84627 :         if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
    2111              :         {
    2112              :             int16      *newattr;
    2113              : 
    2114          520 :             newattr = (int16 *) palloc(trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    2115          520 :             memcpy(newattr, trigger->tgattr,
    2116          520 :                    trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    2117          520 :             trigger->tgattr = newattr;
    2118              :         }
    2119        84627 :         if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
    2120              :         {
    2121              :             char      **newargs;
    2122              :             int16       j;
    2123              : 
    2124         4942 :             newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
    2125        10482 :             for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
    2126         5540 :                 newargs[j] = pstrdup(trigger->tgargs[j]);
    2127         4942 :             trigger->tgargs = newargs;
    2128              :         }
    2129        84627 :         if (trigger->tgqual)
    2130          759 :             trigger->tgqual = pstrdup(trigger->tgqual);
    2131        84627 :         if (trigger->tgoldtable)
    2132         1126 :             trigger->tgoldtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgoldtable);
    2133        84627 :         if (trigger->tgnewtable)
    2134         1310 :             trigger->tgnewtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgnewtable);
    2135        84627 :         trigger++;
    2136              :     }
    2137              : 
    2138        34659 :     return newdesc;
    2139              : }
    2140              : 
    2141              : /*
    2142              :  * Free a TriggerDesc data structure.
    2143              :  */
    2144              : void
    2145       674116 : FreeTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2146              : {
    2147              :     Trigger    *trigger;
    2148              :     int         i;
    2149              : 
    2150       674116 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2151       625690 :         return;
    2152              : 
    2153        48426 :     trigger = trigdesc->triggers;
    2154       159956 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2155              :     {
    2156       111530 :         pfree(trigger->tgname);
    2157       111530 :         if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
    2158          497 :             pfree(trigger->tgattr);
    2159       111530 :         if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
    2160              :         {
    2161         7194 :             while (--(trigger->tgnargs) >= 0)
    2162         3821 :                 pfree(trigger->tgargs[trigger->tgnargs]);
    2163         3373 :             pfree(trigger->tgargs);
    2164              :         }
    2165       111530 :         if (trigger->tgqual)
    2166          844 :             pfree(trigger->tgqual);
    2167       111530 :         if (trigger->tgoldtable)
    2168          982 :             pfree(trigger->tgoldtable);
    2169       111530 :         if (trigger->tgnewtable)
    2170         1291 :             pfree(trigger->tgnewtable);
    2171       111530 :         trigger++;
    2172              :     }
    2173        48426 :     pfree(trigdesc->triggers);
    2174        48426 :     pfree(trigdesc);
    2175              : }
    2176              : 
    2177              : /*
    2178              :  * Compare two TriggerDesc structures for logical equality.
    2179              :  */
    2180              : #ifdef NOT_USED
    2181              : bool
    2182              : equalTriggerDescs(TriggerDesc *trigdesc1, TriggerDesc *trigdesc2)
    2183              : {
    2184              :     int         i,
    2185              :                 j;
    2186              : 
    2187              :     /*
    2188              :      * We need not examine the hint flags, just the trigger array itself; if
    2189              :      * we have the same triggers with the same types, the flags should match.
    2190              :      *
    2191              :      * As of 7.3 we assume trigger set ordering is significant in the
    2192              :      * comparison; so we just compare corresponding slots of the two sets.
    2193              :      *
    2194              :      * Note: comparing the stringToNode forms of the WHEN clauses means that
    2195              :      * parse column locations will affect the result.  This is okay as long as
    2196              :      * this function is only used for detecting exact equality, as for example
    2197              :      * in checking for staleness of a cache entry.
    2198              :      */
    2199              :     if (trigdesc1 != NULL)
    2200              :     {
    2201              :         if (trigdesc2 == NULL)
    2202              :             return false;
    2203              :         if (trigdesc1->numtriggers != trigdesc2->numtriggers)
    2204              :             return false;
    2205              :         for (i = 0; i < trigdesc1->numtriggers; i++)
    2206              :         {
    2207              :             Trigger    *trig1 = trigdesc1->triggers + i;
    2208              :             Trigger    *trig2 = trigdesc2->triggers + i;
    2209              : 
    2210              :             if (trig1->tgoid != trig2->tgoid)
    2211              :                 return false;
    2212              :             if (strcmp(trig1->tgname, trig2->tgname) != 0)
    2213              :                 return false;
    2214              :             if (trig1->tgfoid != trig2->tgfoid)
    2215              :                 return false;
    2216              :             if (trig1->tgtype != trig2->tgtype)
    2217              :                 return false;
    2218              :             if (trig1->tgenabled != trig2->tgenabled)
    2219              :                 return false;
    2220              :             if (trig1->tgisinternal != trig2->tgisinternal)
    2221              :                 return false;
    2222              :             if (trig1->tgisclone != trig2->tgisclone)
    2223              :                 return false;
    2224              :             if (trig1->tgconstrrelid != trig2->tgconstrrelid)
    2225              :                 return false;
    2226              :             if (trig1->tgconstrindid != trig2->tgconstrindid)
    2227              :                 return false;
    2228              :             if (trig1->tgconstraint != trig2->tgconstraint)
    2229              :                 return false;
    2230              :             if (trig1->tgdeferrable != trig2->tgdeferrable)
    2231              :                 return false;
    2232              :             if (trig1->tginitdeferred != trig2->tginitdeferred)
    2233              :                 return false;
    2234              :             if (trig1->tgnargs != trig2->tgnargs)
    2235              :                 return false;
    2236              :             if (trig1->tgnattr != trig2->tgnattr)
    2237              :                 return false;
    2238              :             if (trig1->tgnattr > 0 &&
    2239              :                 memcmp(trig1->tgattr, trig2->tgattr,
    2240              :                        trig1->tgnattr * sizeof(int16)) != 0)
    2241              :                 return false;
    2242              :             for (j = 0; j < trig1->tgnargs; j++)
    2243              :                 if (strcmp(trig1->tgargs[j], trig2->tgargs[j]) != 0)
    2244              :                     return false;
    2245              :             if (trig1->tgqual == NULL && trig2->tgqual == NULL)
    2246              :                  /* ok */ ;
    2247              :             else if (trig1->tgqual == NULL || trig2->tgqual == NULL)
    2248              :                 return false;
    2249              :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgqual, trig2->tgqual) != 0)
    2250              :                 return false;
    2251              :             if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL && trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
    2252              :                  /* ok */ ;
    2253              :             else if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL || trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
    2254              :                 return false;
    2255              :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgoldtable, trig2->tgoldtable) != 0)
    2256              :                 return false;
    2257              :             if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL && trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
    2258              :                  /* ok */ ;
    2259              :             else if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL || trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
    2260              :                 return false;
    2261              :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgnewtable, trig2->tgnewtable) != 0)
    2262              :                 return false;
    2263              :         }
    2264              :     }
    2265              :     else if (trigdesc2 != NULL)
    2266              :         return false;
    2267              :     return true;
    2268              : }
    2269              : #endif                          /* NOT_USED */
    2270              : 
    2271              : /*
    2272              :  * Check if there is a row-level trigger with transition tables that prevents
    2273              :  * a table from becoming an inheritance child or partition.  Return the name
    2274              :  * of the first such incompatible trigger, or NULL if there is none.
    2275              :  */
    2276              : const char *
    2277         1416 : FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2278              : {
    2279         1416 :     if (trigdesc != NULL)
    2280              :     {
    2281              :         int         i;
    2282              : 
    2283          306 :         for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; ++i)
    2284              :         {
    2285          219 :             Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2286              : 
    2287          219 :             if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigger->tgtype))
    2288           18 :                 continue;
    2289          201 :             if (trigger->tgoldtable != NULL || trigger->tgnewtable != NULL)
    2290            6 :                 return trigger->tgname;
    2291              :         }
    2292              :     }
    2293              : 
    2294         1410 :     return NULL;
    2295              : }
    2296              : 
    2297              : /*
    2298              :  * Call a trigger function.
    2299              :  *
    2300              :  *      trigdata: trigger descriptor.
    2301              :  *      tgindx: trigger's index in finfo and instr arrays.
    2302              :  *      finfo: array of cached trigger function call information.
    2303              :  *      instr: optional array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation state.
    2304              :  *      per_tuple_context: memory context to execute the function in.
    2305              :  *
    2306              :  * Returns the tuple (or NULL) as returned by the function.
    2307              :  */
    2308              : static HeapTuple
    2309        11138 : ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
    2310              :                     int tgindx,
    2311              :                     FmgrInfo *finfo,
    2312              :                     Instrumentation *instr,
    2313              :                     MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
    2314              : {
    2315        11138 :     LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
    2316              :     PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
    2317              :     Datum       result;
    2318              :     MemoryContext oldContext;
    2319              : 
    2320              :     /*
    2321              :      * Protect against code paths that may fail to initialize transition table
    2322              :      * info.
    2323              :      */
    2324              :     Assert(((TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) ||
    2325              :              TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event) ||
    2326              :              TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event)) &&
    2327              :             TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event) &&
    2328              :             !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) &&
    2329              :             !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED)) ||
    2330              :            (trigdata->tg_oldtable == NULL && trigdata->tg_newtable == NULL));
    2331              : 
    2332        11138 :     finfo += tgindx;
    2333              : 
    2334              :     /*
    2335              :      * We cache fmgr lookup info, to avoid making the lookup again on each
    2336              :      * call.
    2337              :      */
    2338        11138 :     if (finfo->fn_oid == InvalidOid)
    2339         9489 :         fmgr_info(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid, finfo);
    2340              : 
    2341              :     Assert(finfo->fn_oid == trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid);
    2342              : 
    2343              :     /*
    2344              :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger.
    2345              :      */
    2346        11138 :     if (instr)
    2347            0 :         InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
    2348              : 
    2349              :     /*
    2350              :      * Do the function evaluation in the per-tuple memory context, so that
    2351              :      * leaked memory will be reclaimed once per tuple. Note in particular that
    2352              :      * any new tuple created by the trigger function will live till the end of
    2353              :      * the tuple cycle.
    2354              :      */
    2355        11138 :     oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_tuple_context);
    2356              : 
    2357              :     /*
    2358              :      * Call the function, passing no arguments but setting a context.
    2359              :      */
    2360        11138 :     InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 0,
    2361              :                              InvalidOid, (Node *) trigdata, NULL);
    2362              : 
    2363        11138 :     pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
    2364              : 
    2365        11138 :     MyTriggerDepth++;
    2366        11138 :     PG_TRY();
    2367              :     {
    2368        11138 :         result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    2369              :     }
    2370          717 :     PG_FINALLY();
    2371              :     {
    2372        11138 :         MyTriggerDepth--;
    2373              :     }
    2374        11138 :     PG_END_TRY();
    2375              : 
    2376        10421 :     pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
    2377              : 
    2378        10421 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    2379              : 
    2380              :     /*
    2381              :      * Trigger protocol allows function to return a null pointer, but NOT to
    2382              :      * set the isnull result flag.
    2383              :      */
    2384        10421 :     if (fcinfo->isnull)
    2385            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2386              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2387              :                  errmsg("trigger function %u returned null value",
    2388              :                         fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid)));
    2389              : 
    2390              :     /*
    2391              :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
    2392              :      * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
    2393              :      */
    2394        10421 :     if (instr)
    2395            0 :         InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
    2396              : 
    2397        10421 :     return (HeapTuple) DatumGetPointer(result);
    2398              : }
    2399              : 
    2400              : void
    2401        46537 : ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2402              : {
    2403              :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2404              :     int         i;
    2405        46537 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2406              : 
    2407        46537 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2408              : 
    2409        46537 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2410        46431 :         return;
    2411         3737 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement)
    2412         3631 :         return;
    2413              : 
    2414              :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2415          106 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2416              :                                    CMD_INSERT))
    2417            0 :         return;
    2418              : 
    2419          106 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2420          106 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2421              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2422          106 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2423          916 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2424              :     {
    2425          816 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2426              :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2427              : 
    2428          816 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2429              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2430              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2431              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2432          704 :             continue;
    2433          112 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2434              :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    2435           15 :             continue;
    2436              : 
    2437           97 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2438           97 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2439              :                                        i,
    2440              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2441              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2442           97 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2443              : 
    2444           91 :         if (newtuple)
    2445            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2446              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2447              :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2448              :     }
    2449              : }
    2450              : 
    2451              : void
    2452        45202 : ExecASInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2453              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2454              : {
    2455        45202 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2456              : 
    2457        45202 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement)
    2458          239 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2459              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
    2460              :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
    2461              :                               false);
    2462        45202 : }
    2463              : 
    2464              : bool
    2465         1227 : ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2466              :                      TupleTableSlot *slot)
    2467              : {
    2468         1227 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2469         1227 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2470              :     bool        should_free;
    2471         1227 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2472              :     int         i;
    2473              : 
    2474         1227 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2475         1227 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2476              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2477              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2478         1227 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2479         5566 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2480              :     {
    2481         4497 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2482              :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    2483              : 
    2484         4497 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2485              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2486              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2487              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2488         2125 :             continue;
    2489         2372 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2490              :                             NULL, NULL, slot))
    2491           31 :             continue;
    2492              : 
    2493         2341 :         if (!newtuple)
    2494         1210 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2495              : 
    2496         2341 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2497         2341 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    2498         2341 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2499         2341 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2500              :                                        i,
    2501              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2502              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2503         2341 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2504         2304 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2505              :         {
    2506          109 :             if (should_free)
    2507           10 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2508          109 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    2509              :         }
    2510         2195 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    2511              :         {
    2512          420 :             newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
    2513              : 
    2514          420 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
    2515              : 
    2516              :             /*
    2517              :              * After a tuple in a partition goes through a trigger, the user
    2518              :              * could have changed the partition key enough that the tuple no
    2519              :              * longer fits the partition.  Verify that.
    2520              :              */
    2521          420 :             if (trigger->tgisclone &&
    2522           33 :                 !ExecPartitionCheck(relinfo, slot, estate, false))
    2523           12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    2524              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2525              :                          errmsg("moving row to another partition during a BEFORE FOR EACH ROW trigger is not supported"),
    2526              :                          errdetail("Before executing trigger \"%s\", the row was to be in partition \"%s.%s\".",
    2527              :                                    trigger->tgname,
    2528              :                                    get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc)),
    2529              :                                    RelationGetRelationName(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc))));
    2530              : 
    2531          408 :             if (should_free)
    2532           20 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2533              : 
    2534              :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    2535          408 :             newtuple = NULL;
    2536              :         }
    2537              :     }
    2538              : 
    2539         1069 :     return true;
    2540              : }
    2541              : 
    2542              : void
    2543      6343335 : ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2544              :                      TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes,
    2545              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2546              : {
    2547      6343335 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2548              : 
    2549      6343335 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    2550            4 :         transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table)
    2551              :     {
    2552              :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    2553            4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2554              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2555              :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    2556              :     }
    2557              : 
    2558      6343331 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
    2559        30168 :         (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table))
    2560        32924 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2561              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
    2562              :                               true, NULL, slot,
    2563              :                               recheckIndexes, NULL,
    2564              :                               transition_capture,
    2565              :                               false);
    2566      6343331 : }
    2567              : 
    2568              : bool
    2569           90 : ExecIRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2570              :                      TupleTableSlot *slot)
    2571              : {
    2572           90 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2573           90 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2574              :     bool        should_free;
    2575           90 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2576              :     int         i;
    2577              : 
    2578           90 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2579           90 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2580              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2581              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    2582           90 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2583          273 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2584              :     {
    2585          192 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2586              :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    2587              : 
    2588          192 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2589              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2590              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    2591              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2592          102 :             continue;
    2593           90 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2594              :                             NULL, NULL, slot))
    2595            0 :             continue;
    2596              : 
    2597           90 :         if (!newtuple)
    2598           90 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2599              : 
    2600           90 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2601           90 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    2602           90 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2603           90 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2604              :                                        i,
    2605              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2606              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2607           90 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2608           90 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2609              :         {
    2610            9 :             if (should_free)
    2611            9 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2612            9 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    2613              :         }
    2614           81 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    2615              :         {
    2616           27 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
    2617              : 
    2618           27 :             if (should_free)
    2619           27 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2620              : 
    2621              :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    2622           27 :             newtuple = NULL;
    2623              :         }
    2624              :     }
    2625              : 
    2626           81 :     return true;
    2627              : }
    2628              : 
    2629              : void
    2630         6286 : ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2631              : {
    2632              :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2633              :     int         i;
    2634         6286 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2635              : 
    2636         6286 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2637              : 
    2638         6286 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2639         6247 :         return;
    2640          789 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement)
    2641          729 :         return;
    2642              : 
    2643              :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2644           60 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2645              :                                    CMD_DELETE))
    2646           21 :         return;
    2647              : 
    2648           39 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2649           39 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2650              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2651           39 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2652          354 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2653              :     {
    2654          315 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2655              :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2656              : 
    2657          315 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2658              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2659              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2660              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2661          276 :             continue;
    2662           39 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2663              :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    2664            6 :             continue;
    2665              : 
    2666           33 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2667           33 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2668              :                                        i,
    2669              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2670              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2671           33 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2672              : 
    2673           33 :         if (newtuple)
    2674            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2675              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2676              :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2677              :     }
    2678              : }
    2679              : 
    2680              : void
    2681         6213 : ExecASDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2682              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2683              : {
    2684         6213 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2685              : 
    2686         6213 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement)
    2687          118 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2688              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
    2689              :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
    2690              :                               false);
    2691         6213 : }
    2692              : 
    2693              : /*
    2694              :  * Execute BEFORE ROW DELETE triggers.
    2695              :  *
    2696              :  * True indicates caller can proceed with the delete.  False indicates caller
    2697              :  * need to suppress the delete and additionally if requested, we need to pass
    2698              :  * back the concurrently updated tuple if any.
    2699              :  */
    2700              : bool
    2701          173 : ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
    2702              :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2703              :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2704              :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2705              :                      TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
    2706              :                      TM_Result *tmresult,
    2707              :                      TM_FailureData *tmfd,
    2708              :                      bool is_merge_delete)
    2709              : {
    2710          173 :     TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2711          173 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2712          173 :     bool        result = true;
    2713          173 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2714              :     HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    2715          173 :     bool        should_free = false;
    2716              :     int         i;
    2717              : 
    2718              :     Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2719          173 :     if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2720              :     {
    2721          165 :         TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
    2722              : 
    2723              :         /*
    2724              :          * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete.  In
    2725              :          * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
    2726              :          * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action,
    2727              :          * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
    2728              :          * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
    2729              :          * action entirely).
    2730              :          */
    2731          162 :         if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
    2732              :                                 LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete,
    2733          165 :                                 &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
    2734            6 :             return false;
    2735              : 
    2736              :         /*
    2737              :          * If the tuple was concurrently updated and the caller of this
    2738              :          * function requested for the updated tuple, skip the trigger
    2739              :          * execution.
    2740              :          */
    2741          157 :         if (epqslot_candidate != NULL && epqslot != NULL)
    2742              :         {
    2743            1 :             *epqslot = epqslot_candidate;
    2744            1 :             return false;
    2745              :         }
    2746              : 
    2747          156 :         trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2748              :     }
    2749              :     else
    2750              :     {
    2751            8 :         trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
    2752            8 :         ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
    2753              :     }
    2754              : 
    2755          164 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2756          164 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2757              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2758              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2759          164 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2760          614 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2761              :     {
    2762              :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2763          481 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2764              : 
    2765          481 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2766              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2767              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2768              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2769          314 :             continue;
    2770          167 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2771              :                             NULL, slot, NULL))
    2772            7 :             continue;
    2773              : 
    2774          160 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2775          160 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    2776          160 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2777          160 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2778              :                                        i,
    2779              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2780              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2781          160 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2782          155 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2783              :         {
    2784           26 :             result = false;     /* tell caller to suppress delete */
    2785           26 :             break;
    2786              :         }
    2787          129 :         if (newtuple != trigtuple)
    2788           28 :             heap_freetuple(newtuple);
    2789              :     }
    2790          159 :     if (should_free)
    2791            0 :         heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    2792              : 
    2793          159 :     return result;
    2794              : }
    2795              : 
    2796              : /*
    2797              :  * Note: is_crosspart_update must be true if the DELETE is being performed
    2798              :  * as part of a cross-partition update.
    2799              :  */
    2800              : void
    2801       865950 : ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
    2802              :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2803              :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2804              :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2805              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    2806              :                      bool is_crosspart_update)
    2807              : {
    2808       865950 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2809              : 
    2810       865950 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    2811            2 :         transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table)
    2812              :     {
    2813              :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    2814            2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2815              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2816              :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    2817              :     }
    2818              : 
    2819       865948 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
    2820         2508 :         (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table))
    2821              :     {
    2822         3105 :         TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2823              : 
    2824              :         Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2825         3105 :         if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2826         3097 :             GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
    2827              :                                NULL,
    2828              :                                relinfo,
    2829              :                                tupleid,
    2830              :                                LockTupleExclusive,
    2831              :                                slot,
    2832              :                                false,
    2833              :                                NULL,
    2834              :                                NULL,
    2835              :                                NULL);
    2836              :         else
    2837            8 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, slot, false);
    2838              : 
    2839         3105 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2840              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
    2841              :                               true, slot, NULL, NIL, NULL,
    2842              :                               transition_capture,
    2843              :                               is_crosspart_update);
    2844              :     }
    2845       865948 : }
    2846              : 
    2847              : bool
    2848           30 : ExecIRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2849              :                      HeapTuple trigtuple)
    2850              : {
    2851           30 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2852           30 :     TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2853           30 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2854              :     int         i;
    2855              : 
    2856           30 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2857           30 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2858              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2859              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    2860           30 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2861              : 
    2862           30 :     ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
    2863              : 
    2864          177 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2865              :     {
    2866              :         HeapTuple   rettuple;
    2867          150 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2868              : 
    2869          150 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2870              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2871              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    2872              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2873          120 :             continue;
    2874           30 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2875              :                             NULL, slot, NULL))
    2876            0 :             continue;
    2877              : 
    2878           30 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2879           30 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    2880           30 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2881           30 :         rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2882              :                                        i,
    2883              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2884              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2885           30 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2886           30 :         if (rettuple == NULL)
    2887            3 :             return false;       /* Delete was suppressed */
    2888           27 :         if (rettuple != trigtuple)
    2889            0 :             heap_freetuple(rettuple);
    2890              :     }
    2891           27 :     return true;
    2892              : }
    2893              : 
    2894              : void
    2895         8160 : ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2896              : {
    2897              :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2898              :     int         i;
    2899         8160 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2900              :     Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
    2901              : 
    2902         8160 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2903              : 
    2904         8160 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2905         8071 :         return;
    2906         2117 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement)
    2907         2028 :         return;
    2908              : 
    2909              :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2910           89 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2911              :                                    CMD_UPDATE))
    2912            0 :         return;
    2913              : 
    2914              :     /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    2915              :     Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
    2916              : 
    2917           89 :     updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
    2918              : 
    2919           89 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2920           89 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    2921              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2922           89 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2923           89 :     LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    2924          800 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2925              :     {
    2926          711 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2927              :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2928              : 
    2929          711 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2930              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2931              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2932              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    2933          622 :             continue;
    2934           89 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2935              :                             updatedCols, NULL, NULL))
    2936            3 :             continue;
    2937              : 
    2938           86 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2939           86 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2940              :                                        i,
    2941              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2942              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2943           86 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2944              : 
    2945           86 :         if (newtuple)
    2946            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2947              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2948              :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2949              :     }
    2950              : }
    2951              : 
    2952              : void
    2953         7700 : ExecASUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2954              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2955              : {
    2956         7700 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2957              : 
    2958              :     /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    2959              :     Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
    2960              : 
    2961         7700 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement)
    2962          204 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2963              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
    2964              :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL,
    2965              :                               ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
    2966              :                               transition_capture,
    2967              :                               false);
    2968         7700 : }
    2969              : 
    2970              : bool
    2971         1308 : ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
    2972              :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2973              :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2974              :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2975              :                      TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    2976              :                      TM_Result *tmresult,
    2977              :                      TM_FailureData *tmfd,
    2978              :                      bool is_merge_update)
    2979              : {
    2980         1308 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2981         1308 :     TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2982         1308 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2983              :     HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    2984         1308 :     bool        should_free_trig = false;
    2985         1308 :     bool        should_free_new = false;
    2986         1308 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2987              :     int         i;
    2988              :     Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
    2989              :     LockTupleMode lockmode;
    2990              : 
    2991              :     /* Determine lock mode to use */
    2992         1308 :     lockmode = ExecUpdateLockMode(estate, relinfo);
    2993              : 
    2994              :     Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2995         1308 :     if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2996              :     {
    2997         1289 :         TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
    2998              : 
    2999              :         /*
    3000              :          * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update.  In
    3001              :          * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
    3002              :          * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action,
    3003              :          * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
    3004              :          * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
    3005              :          * action entirely).
    3006              :          */
    3007         1285 :         if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
    3008              :                                 lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update,
    3009         1289 :                                 &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
    3010           12 :             return false;       /* cancel the update action */
    3011              : 
    3012              :         /*
    3013              :          * In READ COMMITTED isolation level it's possible that target tuple
    3014              :          * was changed due to concurrent update.  In that case we have a raw
    3015              :          * subplan output tuple in epqslot_candidate, and need to form a new
    3016              :          * insertable tuple using ExecGetUpdateNewTuple to replace the one we
    3017              :          * received in newslot.  Neither we nor our callers have any further
    3018              :          * interest in the passed-in tuple, so it's okay to overwrite newslot
    3019              :          * with the newer data.
    3020              :          */
    3021         1273 :         if (epqslot_candidate != NULL)
    3022              :         {
    3023              :             TupleTableSlot *epqslot_clean;
    3024              : 
    3025            3 :             epqslot_clean = ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(relinfo, epqslot_candidate,
    3026              :                                                   oldslot);
    3027              : 
    3028              :             /*
    3029              :              * Typically, the caller's newslot was also generated by
    3030              :              * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple, so that epqslot_clean will be the same
    3031              :              * slot and copying is not needed.  But do the right thing if it
    3032              :              * isn't.
    3033              :              */
    3034            3 :             if (unlikely(newslot != epqslot_clean))
    3035            0 :                 ExecCopySlot(newslot, epqslot_clean);
    3036              : 
    3037              :             /*
    3038              :              * At this point newslot contains a virtual tuple that may
    3039              :              * reference some fields of oldslot's tuple in some disk buffer.
    3040              :              * If that tuple is in a different page than the original target
    3041              :              * tuple, then our only pin on that buffer is oldslot's, and we're
    3042              :              * about to release it.  Hence we'd better materialize newslot to
    3043              :              * ensure it doesn't contain references into an unpinned buffer.
    3044              :              * (We'd materialize it below anyway, but too late for safety.)
    3045              :              */
    3046            3 :             ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
    3047              :         }
    3048              : 
    3049              :         /*
    3050              :          * Here we convert oldslot to a materialized slot holding trigtuple.
    3051              :          * Neither slot passed to the triggers will hold any buffer pin.
    3052              :          */
    3053         1273 :         trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(oldslot, true, &should_free_trig);
    3054              :     }
    3055              :     else
    3056              :     {
    3057              :         /* Put the FDW-supplied tuple into oldslot to unify the cases */
    3058           19 :         ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3059           19 :         trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
    3060              :     }
    3061              : 
    3062         1292 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3063         1292 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    3064              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    3065              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    3066         1292 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3067         1292 :     updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
    3068         1292 :     LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    3069         5771 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3070              :     {
    3071         4553 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3072              :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    3073              : 
    3074         4553 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3075              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    3076              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    3077              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    3078         2231 :             continue;
    3079         2322 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3080              :                             updatedCols, oldslot, newslot))
    3081           49 :             continue;
    3082              : 
    3083         2273 :         if (!newtuple)
    3084         1286 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free_new);
    3085              : 
    3086         2273 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
    3087         2273 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    3088         2273 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    3089         2273 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
    3090         2273 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3091         2273 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3092              :                                        i,
    3093              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3094              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3095         2273 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3096              : 
    3097         2265 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    3098              :         {
    3099           66 :             if (should_free_trig)
    3100            0 :                 heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    3101           66 :             if (should_free_new)
    3102            2 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3103           66 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    3104              :         }
    3105         2199 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    3106              :         {
    3107          673 :             newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
    3108              : 
    3109          673 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
    3110              : 
    3111              :             /*
    3112              :              * If the tuple returned by the trigger / being stored, is the old
    3113              :              * row version, and the heap tuple passed to the trigger was
    3114              :              * allocated locally, materialize the slot. Otherwise we might
    3115              :              * free it while still referenced by the slot.
    3116              :              */
    3117          673 :             if (should_free_trig && newtuple == trigtuple)
    3118            0 :                 ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
    3119              : 
    3120          673 :             if (should_free_new)
    3121            1 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3122              : 
    3123              :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    3124          673 :             newtuple = NULL;
    3125              :         }
    3126              :     }
    3127         1218 :     if (should_free_trig)
    3128            0 :         heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    3129              : 
    3130         1218 :     return true;
    3131              : }
    3132              : 
    3133              : /*
    3134              :  * Note: 'src_partinfo' and 'dst_partinfo', when non-NULL, refer to the source
    3135              :  * and destination partitions, respectively, of a cross-partition update of
    3136              :  * the root partitioned table mentioned in the query, given by 'relinfo'.
    3137              :  * 'tupleid' in that case refers to the ctid of the "old" tuple in the source
    3138              :  * partition, and 'newslot' contains the "new" tuple in the destination
    3139              :  * partition.  This interface allows to support the requirements of
    3140              :  * ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey(); is_crosspart_update must be true in
    3141              :  * that case.
    3142              :  */
    3143              : void
    3144       194900 : ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3145              :                      ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
    3146              :                      ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
    3147              :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    3148              :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    3149              :                      TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    3150              :                      List *recheckIndexes,
    3151              :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    3152              :                      bool is_crosspart_update)
    3153              : {
    3154       194900 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3155              : 
    3156       194900 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    3157            2 :         (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
    3158            0 :          transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table))
    3159              :     {
    3160              :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    3161            2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3162              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3163              :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    3164              :     }
    3165              : 
    3166       194898 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
    3167          186 :         (transition_capture &&
    3168          186 :          (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
    3169            9 :           transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table)))
    3170              :     {
    3171              :         /*
    3172              :          * Note: if the UPDATE is converted into a DELETE+INSERT as part of
    3173              :          * update-partition-key operation, then this function is also called
    3174              :          * separately for DELETE and INSERT to capture transition table rows.
    3175              :          * In such case, either old tuple or new tuple can be NULL.
    3176              :          */
    3177              :         TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
    3178              :         ResultRelInfo *tupsrc;
    3179              : 
    3180              :         Assert((src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL) ||
    3181              :                !is_crosspart_update);
    3182              : 
    3183         1882 :         tupsrc = src_partinfo ? src_partinfo : relinfo;
    3184         1882 :         oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, tupsrc);
    3185              : 
    3186         1882 :         if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL && ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid))
    3187         1848 :             GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
    3188              :                                NULL,
    3189              :                                tupsrc,
    3190              :                                tupleid,
    3191              :                                LockTupleExclusive,
    3192              :                                oldslot,
    3193              :                                false,
    3194              :                                NULL,
    3195              :                                NULL,
    3196              :                                NULL);
    3197           34 :         else if (fdw_trigtuple != NULL)
    3198           10 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3199              :         else
    3200           24 :             ExecClearTuple(oldslot);
    3201              : 
    3202         1882 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
    3203              :                               src_partinfo, dst_partinfo,
    3204              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
    3205              :                               true,
    3206              :                               oldslot, newslot, recheckIndexes,
    3207              :                               ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
    3208              :                               transition_capture,
    3209              :                               is_crosspart_update);
    3210              :     }
    3211       194898 : }
    3212              : 
    3213              : bool
    3214          102 : ExecIRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3215              :                      HeapTuple trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
    3216              : {
    3217          102 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3218          102 :     TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    3219          102 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    3220              :     bool        should_free;
    3221          102 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    3222              :     int         i;
    3223              : 
    3224          102 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3225          102 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    3226              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    3227              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    3228          102 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3229              : 
    3230          102 :     ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3231              : 
    3232          378 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3233              :     {
    3234          291 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3235              :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    3236              : 
    3237          291 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3238              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    3239              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    3240              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    3241          189 :             continue;
    3242          102 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3243              :                             NULL, oldslot, newslot))
    3244            0 :             continue;
    3245              : 
    3246          102 :         if (!newtuple)
    3247          102 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free);
    3248              : 
    3249          102 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
    3250          102 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    3251          102 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
    3252          102 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    3253              : 
    3254          102 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3255          102 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3256              :                                        i,
    3257              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3258              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3259          102 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3260           96 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    3261              :         {
    3262            9 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    3263              :         }
    3264           87 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    3265              :         {
    3266           69 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
    3267              : 
    3268           69 :             if (should_free)
    3269           69 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3270              : 
    3271              :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    3272           69 :             newtuple = NULL;
    3273              :         }
    3274              :     }
    3275              : 
    3276           87 :     return true;
    3277              : }
    3278              : 
    3279              : void
    3280         1943 : ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    3281              : {
    3282              :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    3283              :     int         i;
    3284         1943 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    3285              : 
    3286         1943 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3287              : 
    3288         1943 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    3289         1937 :         return;
    3290          377 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement)
    3291          371 :         return;
    3292              : 
    3293            6 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3294            6 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE |
    3295              :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    3296            6 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3297              : 
    3298           18 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3299              :     {
    3300           12 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3301              :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    3302              : 
    3303           12 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3304              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    3305              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    3306              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE))
    3307            6 :             continue;
    3308            6 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3309              :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    3310            0 :             continue;
    3311              : 
    3312            6 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3313            6 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3314              :                                        i,
    3315              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3316              :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3317            6 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3318              : 
    3319            6 :         if (newtuple)
    3320            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3321              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    3322              :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    3323              :     }
    3324              : }
    3325              : 
    3326              : void
    3327         1939 : ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    3328              : {
    3329         1939 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3330              : 
    3331         1939 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement)
    3332            4 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
    3333              :                               NULL, NULL,
    3334              :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE,
    3335              :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, NULL,
    3336              :                               false);
    3337         1939 : }
    3338              : 
    3339              : 
    3340              : /*
    3341              :  * Fetch tuple into "oldslot", dealing with locking and EPQ if necessary
    3342              :  */
    3343              : static bool
    3344         6399 : GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
    3345              :                    EPQState *epqstate,
    3346              :                    ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3347              :                    ItemPointer tid,
    3348              :                    LockTupleMode lockmode,
    3349              :                    TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    3350              :                    bool do_epq_recheck,
    3351              :                    TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
    3352              :                    TM_Result *tmresultp,
    3353              :                    TM_FailureData *tmfdp)
    3354              : {
    3355         6399 :     Relation    relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3356              : 
    3357         6399 :     if (epqslot != NULL)
    3358              :     {
    3359              :         TM_Result   test;
    3360              :         TM_FailureData tmfd;
    3361         1454 :         int         lockflags = 0;
    3362              : 
    3363         1454 :         *epqslot = NULL;
    3364              : 
    3365              :         /* caller must pass an epqstate if EvalPlanQual is possible */
    3366              :         Assert(epqstate != NULL);
    3367              : 
    3368              :         /*
    3369              :          * lock tuple for update
    3370              :          */
    3371         1454 :         if (!IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3372         1022 :             lockflags |= TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION;
    3373         1454 :         test = table_tuple_lock(relation, tid, estate->es_snapshot, oldslot,
    3374              :                                 estate->es_output_cid,
    3375              :                                 lockmode, LockWaitBlock,
    3376              :                                 lockflags,
    3377              :                                 &tmfd);
    3378              : 
    3379              :         /* Let the caller know about the status of this operation */
    3380         1452 :         if (tmresultp)
    3381          116 :             *tmresultp = test;
    3382         1452 :         if (tmfdp)
    3383         1449 :             *tmfdp = tmfd;
    3384              : 
    3385         1452 :         switch (test)
    3386              :         {
    3387            3 :             case TM_SelfModified:
    3388              : 
    3389              :                 /*
    3390              :                  * The target tuple was already updated or deleted by the
    3391              :                  * current command, or by a later command in the current
    3392              :                  * transaction.  We ignore the tuple in the former case, and
    3393              :                  * throw error in the latter case, for the same reasons
    3394              :                  * enumerated in ExecUpdate and ExecDelete in
    3395              :                  * nodeModifyTable.c.
    3396              :                  */
    3397            3 :                 if (tmfd.cmax != estate->es_output_cid)
    3398            3 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3399              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION),
    3400              :                              errmsg("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation triggered by the current command"),
    3401              :                              errhint("Consider using an AFTER trigger instead of a BEFORE trigger to propagate changes to other rows.")));
    3402              : 
    3403              :                 /* treat it as deleted; do not process */
    3404           17 :                 return false;
    3405              : 
    3406         1440 :             case TM_Ok:
    3407         1440 :                 if (tmfd.traversed)
    3408              :                 {
    3409              :                     /*
    3410              :                      * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested.  Otherwise,
    3411              :                      * just return that it was concurrently updated.
    3412              :                      */
    3413           14 :                     if (do_epq_recheck)
    3414              :                     {
    3415            6 :                         *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate,
    3416              :                                                 relation,
    3417              :                                                 relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
    3418              :                                                 oldslot);
    3419              : 
    3420              :                         /*
    3421              :                          * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not
    3422              :                          * process this tuple!
    3423              :                          */
    3424            6 :                         if (TupIsNull(*epqslot))
    3425              :                         {
    3426            2 :                             *epqslot = NULL;
    3427            2 :                             return false;
    3428              :                         }
    3429              :                     }
    3430              :                     else
    3431              :                     {
    3432            8 :                         if (tmresultp)
    3433            8 :                             *tmresultp = TM_Updated;
    3434            8 :                         return false;
    3435              :                     }
    3436              :                 }
    3437         1430 :                 break;
    3438              : 
    3439            1 :             case TM_Updated:
    3440            1 :                 if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3441            1 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3442              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
    3443              :                              errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent update")));
    3444            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
    3445              :                 break;
    3446              : 
    3447            8 :             case TM_Deleted:
    3448            8 :                 if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3449            1 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3450              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
    3451              :                              errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent delete")));
    3452              :                 /* tuple was deleted */
    3453            7 :                 return false;
    3454              : 
    3455            0 :             case TM_Invisible:
    3456            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "attempted to lock invisible tuple");
    3457              :                 break;
    3458              : 
    3459            0 :             default:
    3460            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
    3461              :                 return false;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    3462              :         }
    3463              :     }
    3464              :     else
    3465              :     {
    3466              :         /*
    3467              :          * We expect the tuple to be present, thus very simple error handling
    3468              :          * suffices.
    3469              :          */
    3470         4945 :         if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(relation, tid, SnapshotAny,
    3471              :                                            oldslot))
    3472            0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for trigger");
    3473              :     }
    3474              : 
    3475         6375 :     return true;
    3476              : }
    3477              : 
    3478              : /*
    3479              :  * Is trigger enabled to fire?
    3480              :  */
    3481              : static bool
    3482        12460 : TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3483              :                Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
    3484              :                Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
    3485              :                TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
    3486              : {
    3487              :     /* Check replication-role-dependent enable state */
    3488        12460 :     if (SessionReplicationRole == SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA)
    3489              :     {
    3490           64 :         if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN ||
    3491           40 :             trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
    3492           42 :             return false;
    3493              :     }
    3494              :     else                        /* ORIGIN or LOCAL role */
    3495              :     {
    3496        12396 :         if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA ||
    3497        12395 :             trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
    3498           79 :             return false;
    3499              :     }
    3500              : 
    3501              :     /*
    3502              :      * Check for column-specific trigger (only possible for UPDATE, and in
    3503              :      * fact we *must* ignore tgattr for other event types)
    3504              :      */
    3505        12339 :     if (trigger->tgnattr > 0 && TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event))
    3506              :     {
    3507              :         int         i;
    3508              :         bool        modified;
    3509              : 
    3510          215 :         modified = false;
    3511          281 :         for (i = 0; i < trigger->tgnattr; i++)
    3512              :         {
    3513          239 :             if (bms_is_member(trigger->tgattr[i] - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
    3514              :                               modifiedCols))
    3515              :             {
    3516          173 :                 modified = true;
    3517          173 :                 break;
    3518              :             }
    3519              :         }
    3520          215 :         if (!modified)
    3521           42 :             return false;
    3522              :     }
    3523              : 
    3524              :     /* Check for WHEN clause */
    3525        12297 :     if (trigger->tgqual)
    3526              :     {
    3527              :         ExprState **predicate;
    3528              :         ExprContext *econtext;
    3529              :         MemoryContext oldContext;
    3530              :         int         i;
    3531              : 
    3532              :         Assert(estate != NULL);
    3533              : 
    3534              :         /*
    3535              :          * trigger is an element of relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers[]; find the
    3536              :          * matching element of relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[]
    3537              :          */
    3538          285 :         i = trigger - relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers;
    3539          285 :         predicate = &relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[i];
    3540              : 
    3541              :         /*
    3542              :          * If first time through for this WHEN expression, build expression
    3543              :          * nodetrees for it.  Keep them in the per-query memory context so
    3544              :          * they'll survive throughout the query.
    3545              :          */
    3546          285 :         if (*predicate == NULL)
    3547              :         {
    3548              :             Node       *tgqual;
    3549              : 
    3550          151 :             oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
    3551          151 :             tgqual = stringToNode(trigger->tgqual);
    3552          151 :             tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_OLD_VARNO);
    3553          151 :             tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_NEW_VARNO);
    3554              :             /* Change references to OLD and NEW to INNER_VAR and OUTER_VAR */
    3555          151 :             ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, INNER_VAR, 0);
    3556          151 :             ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, OUTER_VAR, 0);
    3557              :             /* ExecPrepareQual wants implicit-AND form */
    3558          151 :             tgqual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) tgqual);
    3559          151 :             *predicate = ExecPrepareQual((List *) tgqual, estate);
    3560          151 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    3561              :         }
    3562              : 
    3563              :         /*
    3564              :          * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating WHEN
    3565              :          * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
    3566              :          */
    3567          285 :         econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
    3568              : 
    3569              :         /*
    3570              :          * Finally evaluate the expression, making the old and/or new tuples
    3571              :          * available as INNER_VAR/OUTER_VAR respectively.
    3572              :          */
    3573          285 :         econtext->ecxt_innertuple = oldslot;
    3574          285 :         econtext->ecxt_outertuple = newslot;
    3575          285 :         if (!ExecQual(*predicate, econtext))
    3576          159 :             return false;
    3577              :     }
    3578              : 
    3579        12138 :     return true;
    3580              : }
    3581              : 
    3582              : 
    3583              : /* ----------
    3584              :  * After-trigger stuff
    3585              :  *
    3586              :  * The AfterTriggersData struct holds data about pending AFTER trigger events
    3587              :  * during the current transaction tree.  (BEFORE triggers are fired
    3588              :  * immediately so we don't need any persistent state about them.)  The struct
    3589              :  * and most of its subsidiary data are kept in TopTransactionContext; however
    3590              :  * some data that can be discarded sooner appears in the CurTransactionContext
    3591              :  * of the relevant subtransaction.  Also, the individual event records are
    3592              :  * kept in a separate sub-context of TopTransactionContext.  This is done
    3593              :  * mainly so that it's easy to tell from a memory context dump how much space
    3594              :  * is being eaten by trigger events.
    3595              :  *
    3596              :  * Because the list of pending events can grow large, we go to some
    3597              :  * considerable effort to minimize per-event memory consumption.  The event
    3598              :  * records are grouped into chunks and common data for similar events in the
    3599              :  * same chunk is only stored once.
    3600              :  *
    3601              :  * XXX We need to be able to save the per-event data in a file if it grows too
    3602              :  * large.
    3603              :  * ----------
    3604              :  */
    3605              : 
    3606              : /* Per-trigger SET CONSTRAINT status */
    3607              : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData
    3608              : {
    3609              :     Oid         sct_tgoid;
    3610              :     bool        sct_tgisdeferred;
    3611              : } SetConstraintTriggerData;
    3612              : 
    3613              : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData *SetConstraintTrigger;
    3614              : 
    3615              : /*
    3616              :  * SET CONSTRAINT intra-transaction status.
    3617              :  *
    3618              :  * We make this a single palloc'd object so it can be copied and freed easily.
    3619              :  *
    3620              :  * all_isset and all_isdeferred are used to keep track
    3621              :  * of SET CONSTRAINTS ALL {DEFERRED, IMMEDIATE}.
    3622              :  *
    3623              :  * trigstates[] stores per-trigger tgisdeferred settings.
    3624              :  */
    3625              : typedef struct SetConstraintStateData
    3626              : {
    3627              :     bool        all_isset;
    3628              :     bool        all_isdeferred;
    3629              :     int         numstates;      /* number of trigstates[] entries in use */
    3630              :     int         numalloc;       /* allocated size of trigstates[] */
    3631              :     SetConstraintTriggerData trigstates[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
    3632              : } SetConstraintStateData;
    3633              : 
    3634              : typedef SetConstraintStateData *SetConstraintState;
    3635              : 
    3636              : 
    3637              : /*
    3638              :  * Per-trigger-event data
    3639              :  *
    3640              :  * The actual per-event data, AfterTriggerEventData, includes DONE/IN_PROGRESS
    3641              :  * status bits, up to two tuple CTIDs, and optionally two OIDs of partitions.
    3642              :  * Each event record also has an associated AfterTriggerSharedData that is
    3643              :  * shared across all instances of similar events within a "chunk".
    3644              :  *
    3645              :  * For row-level triggers, we arrange not to waste storage on unneeded ctid
    3646              :  * fields.  Updates of regular tables use two; inserts and deletes of regular
    3647              :  * tables use one; foreign tables always use zero and save the tuple(s) to a
    3648              :  * tuplestore.  AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH directs AfterTriggerExecute() to
    3649              :  * retrieve a fresh tuple or pair of tuples from that tuplestore, while
    3650              :  * AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE directs it to use the most-recently-retrieved
    3651              :  * tuple(s).  This permits storing tuples once regardless of the number of
    3652              :  * row-level triggers on a foreign table.
    3653              :  *
    3654              :  * When updates on partitioned tables cause rows to move between partitions,
    3655              :  * the OIDs of both partitions are stored too, so that the tuples can be
    3656              :  * fetched; such entries are marked AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE (for "cross-
    3657              :  * partition update").
    3658              :  *
    3659              :  * Note that we need triggers on foreign tables to be fired in exactly the
    3660              :  * order they were queued, so that the tuples come out of the tuplestore in
    3661              :  * the right order.  To ensure that, we forbid deferrable (constraint)
    3662              :  * triggers on foreign tables.  This also ensures that such triggers do not
    3663              :  * get deferred into outer trigger query levels, meaning that it's okay to
    3664              :  * destroy the tuplestore at the end of the query level.
    3665              :  *
    3666              :  * Statement-level triggers always bear AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID, though they
    3667              :  * require no ctid field.  We lack the flag bit space to neatly represent that
    3668              :  * distinct case, and it seems unlikely to be worth much trouble.
    3669              :  *
    3670              :  * Note: ats_firing_id is initially zero and is set to something else when
    3671              :  * AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS is set.  It indicates which trigger firing
    3672              :  * cycle the trigger will be fired in (or was fired in, if DONE is set).
    3673              :  * Although this is mutable state, we can keep it in AfterTriggerSharedData
    3674              :  * because all instances of the same type of event in a given event list will
    3675              :  * be fired at the same time, if they were queued between the same firing
    3676              :  * cycles.  So we need only ensure that ats_firing_id is zero when attaching
    3677              :  * a new event to an existing AfterTriggerSharedData record.
    3678              :  */
    3679              : typedef uint32 TriggerFlags;
    3680              : 
    3681              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET            0x07FFFFFF  /* must be low-order bits */
    3682              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE              0x80000000
    3683              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS       0x40000000
    3684              : /* bits describing the size and tuple sources of this event */
    3685              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE         0x00000000
    3686              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH         0x20000000
    3687              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID             0x10000000
    3688              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID             0x30000000
    3689              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE         0x08000000
    3690              : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS          0x38000000
    3691              : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData *AfterTriggerShared;
    3692              : 
    3693              : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData
    3694              : {
    3695              :     TriggerEvent ats_event;     /* event type indicator, see trigger.h */
    3696              :     Oid         ats_tgoid;      /* the trigger's ID */
    3697              :     Oid         ats_relid;      /* the relation it's on */
    3698              :     Oid         ats_rolid;      /* role to execute the trigger */
    3699              :     CommandId   ats_firing_id;  /* ID for firing cycle */
    3700              :     struct AfterTriggersTableData *ats_table;   /* transition table access */
    3701              :     Bitmapset  *ats_modifiedcols;   /* modified columns */
    3702              : } AfterTriggerSharedData;
    3703              : 
    3704              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData *AfterTriggerEvent;
    3705              : 
    3706              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData
    3707              : {
    3708              :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3709              :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;  /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
    3710              :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;  /* new updated tuple */
    3711              : 
    3712              :     /*
    3713              :      * During a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, we also store
    3714              :      * the OIDs of source and destination partitions that are needed to fetch
    3715              :      * the old (ctid1) and the new tuple (ctid2) from, respectively.
    3716              :      */
    3717              :     Oid         ate_src_part;
    3718              :     Oid         ate_dst_part;
    3719              : } AfterTriggerEventData;
    3720              : 
    3721              : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_src_part, ate_dst_part */
    3722              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids
    3723              : {
    3724              :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;
    3725              :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;
    3726              :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;
    3727              : }           AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids;
    3728              : 
    3729              : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part and ate_ctid2 */
    3730              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid
    3731              : {
    3732              :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3733              :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;  /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
    3734              : }           AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid;
    3735              : 
    3736              : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part, ate_ctid1 and ate_ctid2 */
    3737              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids
    3738              : {
    3739              :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3740              : }           AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids;
    3741              : 
    3742              : #define SizeofTriggerEvent(evt) \
    3743              :     (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE ? \
    3744              :      sizeof(AfterTriggerEventData) : \
    3745              :      (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
    3746              :       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
    3747              :       (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
    3748              :        sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
    3749              :        sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))
    3750              : 
    3751              : #define GetTriggerSharedData(evt) \
    3752              :     ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))
    3753              : 
    3754              : /*
    3755              :  * To avoid palloc overhead, we keep trigger events in arrays in successively-
    3756              :  * larger chunks (a slightly more sophisticated version of an expansible
    3757              :  * array).  The space between CHUNK_DATA_START and freeptr is occupied by
    3758              :  * AfterTriggerEventData records; the space between endfree and endptr is
    3759              :  * occupied by AfterTriggerSharedData records.
    3760              :  */
    3761              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk
    3762              : {
    3763              :     struct AfterTriggerEventChunk *next;    /* list link */
    3764              :     char       *freeptr;        /* start of free space in chunk */
    3765              :     char       *endfree;        /* end of free space in chunk */
    3766              :     char       *endptr;         /* end of chunk */
    3767              :     /* event data follows here */
    3768              : } AfterTriggerEventChunk;
    3769              : 
    3770              : #define CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))
    3771              : 
    3772              : /* A list of events */
    3773              : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList
    3774              : {
    3775              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *head;
    3776              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *tail;
    3777              :     char       *tailfree;       /* freeptr of tail chunk */
    3778              : } AfterTriggerEventList;
    3779              : 
    3780              : /* Macros to help in iterating over a list of events */
    3781              : #define for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) \
    3782              :     for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
    3783              : #define for_each_event(eptr, cptr) \
    3784              :     for (eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr); \
    3785              :          (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
    3786              :          eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
    3787              : /* Use this if no special per-chunk processing is needed */
    3788              : #define for_each_event_chunk(eptr, cptr, evtlist) \
    3789              :     for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)
    3790              : 
    3791              : /* Macros for iterating from a start point that might not be list start */
    3792              : #define for_each_chunk_from(cptr) \
    3793              :     for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
    3794              : #define for_each_event_from(eptr, cptr) \
    3795              :     for (; \
    3796              :          (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
    3797              :          eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
    3798              : 
    3799              : 
    3800              : /*
    3801              :  * All per-transaction data for the AFTER TRIGGERS module.
    3802              :  *
    3803              :  * AfterTriggersData has the following fields:
    3804              :  *
    3805              :  * firing_counter is incremented for each call of afterTriggerInvokeEvents.
    3806              :  * We mark firable events with the current firing cycle's ID so that we can
    3807              :  * tell which ones to work on.  This ensures sane behavior if a trigger
    3808              :  * function chooses to do SET CONSTRAINTS: the inner SET CONSTRAINTS will
    3809              :  * only fire those events that weren't already scheduled for firing.
    3810              :  *
    3811              :  * state keeps track of the transaction-local effects of SET CONSTRAINTS.
    3812              :  * This is saved and restored across failed subtransactions.
    3813              :  *
    3814              :  * events is the current list of deferred events.  This is global across
    3815              :  * all subtransactions of the current transaction.  In a subtransaction
    3816              :  * abort, we know that the events added by the subtransaction are at the
    3817              :  * end of the list, so it is relatively easy to discard them.  The event
    3818              :  * list chunks themselves are stored in event_cxt.
    3819              :  *
    3820              :  * query_depth is the current depth of nested AfterTriggerBeginQuery calls
    3821              :  * (-1 when the stack is empty).
    3822              :  *
    3823              :  * query_stack[query_depth] is the per-query-level data, including these fields:
    3824              :  *
    3825              :  * events is a list of AFTER trigger events queued by the current query.
    3826              :  * None of these are valid until the matching AfterTriggerEndQuery call
    3827              :  * occurs.  At that point we fire immediate-mode triggers, and append any
    3828              :  * deferred events to the main events list.
    3829              :  *
    3830              :  * fdw_tuplestore is a tuplestore containing the foreign-table tuples
    3831              :  * needed by events queued by the current query.  (Note: we use just one
    3832              :  * tuplestore even though more than one foreign table might be involved.
    3833              :  * This is okay because tuplestores don't really care what's in the tuples
    3834              :  * they store; but it's possible that someday it'd break.)
    3835              :  *
    3836              :  * tables is a List of AfterTriggersTableData structs for target tables
    3837              :  * of the current query (see below).
    3838              :  *
    3839              :  * maxquerydepth is just the allocated length of query_stack.
    3840              :  *
    3841              :  * trans_stack holds per-subtransaction data, including these fields:
    3842              :  *
    3843              :  * state is NULL or a pointer to a saved copy of the SET CONSTRAINTS
    3844              :  * state data.  Each subtransaction level that modifies that state first
    3845              :  * saves a copy, which we use to restore the state if we abort.
    3846              :  *
    3847              :  * events is a copy of the events head/tail pointers,
    3848              :  * which we use to restore those values during subtransaction abort.
    3849              :  *
    3850              :  * query_depth is the subtransaction-start-time value of query_depth,
    3851              :  * which we similarly use to clean up at subtransaction abort.
    3852              :  *
    3853              :  * firing_counter is the subtransaction-start-time value of firing_counter.
    3854              :  * We use this to recognize which deferred triggers were fired (or marked
    3855              :  * for firing) within an aborted subtransaction.
    3856              :  *
    3857              :  * We use GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel() to determine the correct array
    3858              :  * index in trans_stack.  maxtransdepth is the number of allocated entries in
    3859              :  * trans_stack.  (By not keeping our own stack pointer, we can avoid trouble
    3860              :  * in cases where errors during subxact abort cause multiple invocations
    3861              :  * of AfterTriggerEndSubXact() at the same nesting depth.)
    3862              :  *
    3863              :  * We create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for each target table of the
    3864              :  * current query, and each operation mode (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE), that has
    3865              :  * either transition tables or statement-level triggers.  This is used to
    3866              :  * hold the relevant transition tables, as well as info tracking whether
    3867              :  * we already queued the statement triggers.  (We use that info to prevent
    3868              :  * firing the same statement triggers more than once per statement, or really
    3869              :  * once per transition table set.)  These structs, along with the transition
    3870              :  * table tuplestores, live in the (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.
    3871              :  * That's sufficient lifespan because we don't allow transition tables to be
    3872              :  * used by deferrable triggers, so they only need to survive until
    3873              :  * AfterTriggerEndQuery.
    3874              :  */
    3875              : typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData AfterTriggersQueryData;
    3876              : typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData AfterTriggersTransData;
    3877              : typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData AfterTriggersTableData;
    3878              : 
    3879              : typedef struct AfterTriggersData
    3880              : {
    3881              :     CommandId   firing_counter; /* next firing ID to assign */
    3882              :     SetConstraintState state;   /* the active S C state */
    3883              :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* deferred-event list */
    3884              :     MemoryContext event_cxt;    /* memory context for events, if any */
    3885              : 
    3886              :     /* per-query-level data: */
    3887              :     AfterTriggersQueryData *query_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    3888              :     int         query_depth;    /* current index in above array */
    3889              :     int         maxquerydepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
    3890              : 
    3891              :     /* per-subtransaction-level data: */
    3892              :     AfterTriggersTransData *trans_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    3893              :     int         maxtransdepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
    3894              : } AfterTriggersData;
    3895              : 
    3896              : struct AfterTriggersQueryData
    3897              : {
    3898              :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* events pending from this query */
    3899              :     Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore;    /* foreign tuples for said events */
    3900              :     List       *tables;         /* list of AfterTriggersTableData, see below */
    3901              : };
    3902              : 
    3903              : struct AfterTriggersTransData
    3904              : {
    3905              :     /* these fields are just for resetting at subtrans abort: */
    3906              :     SetConstraintState state;   /* saved S C state, or NULL if not yet saved */
    3907              :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* saved list pointer */
    3908              :     int         query_depth;    /* saved query_depth */
    3909              :     CommandId   firing_counter; /* saved firing_counter */
    3910              : };
    3911              : 
    3912              : struct AfterTriggersTableData
    3913              : {
    3914              :     /* relid + cmdType form the lookup key for these structs: */
    3915              :     Oid         relid;          /* target table's OID */
    3916              :     CmdType     cmdType;        /* event type, CMD_INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE */
    3917              :     bool        closed;         /* true when no longer OK to add tuples */
    3918              :     bool        before_trig_done;   /* did we already queue BS triggers? */
    3919              :     bool        after_trig_done;    /* did we already queue AS triggers? */
    3920              :     AfterTriggerEventList after_trig_events;    /* if so, saved list pointer */
    3921              : 
    3922              :     /* "old" transition table for UPDATE/DELETE, if any */
    3923              :     Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
    3924              :     /* "new" transition table for INSERT/UPDATE, if any */
    3925              :     Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
    3926              : 
    3927              :     TupleTableSlot *storeslot;  /* for converting to tuplestore's format */
    3928              : };
    3929              : 
    3930              : static AfterTriggersData afterTriggers;
    3931              : 
    3932              : static void AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
    3933              :                                 AfterTriggerEvent event,
    3934              :                                 ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
    3935              :                                 ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
    3936              :                                 ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
    3937              :                                 TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
    3938              :                                 FmgrInfo *finfo,
    3939              :                                 Instrumentation *instr,
    3940              :                                 MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
    3941              :                                 TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
    3942              :                                 TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2);
    3943              : static AfterTriggersTableData *GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid,
    3944              :                                                          CmdType cmdType);
    3945              : static TupleTableSlot *GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
    3946              :                                                  TupleDesc tupdesc);
    3947              : static Tuplestorestate *GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
    3948              :                                                         TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    3949              :                                                         TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    3950              :                                                         TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture);
    3951              : static void TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
    3952              :                                     int event,
    3953              :                                     TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    3954              :                                     ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3955              :                                     TupleTableSlot *slot,
    3956              :                                     TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
    3957              :                                     Tuplestorestate *tuplestore);
    3958              : static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs);
    3959              : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc);
    3960              : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate);
    3961              : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
    3962              :                                                     Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred);
    3963              : static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent);
    3964              : 
    3965              : 
    3966              : /*
    3967              :  * Get the FDW tuplestore for the current trigger query level, creating it
    3968              :  * if necessary.
    3969              :  */
    3970              : static Tuplestorestate *
    3971           50 : GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(void)
    3972              : {
    3973              :     Tuplestorestate *ret;
    3974              : 
    3975           50 :     ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
    3976           50 :     if (ret == NULL)
    3977              :     {
    3978              :         MemoryContext oldcxt;
    3979              :         ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
    3980              : 
    3981              :         /*
    3982              :          * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction.  We really
    3983              :          * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
    3984              :          */
    3985           18 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    3986           18 :         saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    3987           18 :         CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
    3988              : 
    3989           18 :         ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    3990              : 
    3991           18 :         CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    3992           18 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    3993              : 
    3994           18 :         afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
    3995              :     }
    3996              : 
    3997           50 :     return ret;
    3998              : }
    3999              : 
    4000              : /* ----------
    4001              :  * afterTriggerCheckState()
    4002              :  *
    4003              :  *  Returns true if the trigger event is actually in state DEFERRED.
    4004              :  * ----------
    4005              :  */
    4006              : static bool
    4007         6066 : afterTriggerCheckState(AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
    4008              : {
    4009         6066 :     Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    4010         6066 :     SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    4011              :     int         i;
    4012              : 
    4013              :     /*
    4014              :      * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
    4015              :      * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
    4016              :      */
    4017         6066 :     if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
    4018         5697 :         return false;
    4019              : 
    4020              :     /*
    4021              :      * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
    4022              :      * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
    4023              :      */
    4024          369 :     if (state != NULL)
    4025              :     {
    4026              :         /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
    4027          159 :         for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
    4028              :         {
    4029          126 :             if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
    4030           30 :                 return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
    4031              :         }
    4032              : 
    4033              :         /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
    4034           33 :         if (state->all_isset)
    4035           27 :             return state->all_isdeferred;
    4036              :     }
    4037              : 
    4038              :     /*
    4039              :      * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
    4040              :      */
    4041          312 :     return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
    4042              : }
    4043              : 
    4044              : /* ----------
    4045              :  * afterTriggerCopyBitmap()
    4046              :  *
    4047              :  * Copy bitmap into AfterTriggerEvents memory context, which is where the after
    4048              :  * trigger events are kept.
    4049              :  * ----------
    4050              :  */
    4051              : static Bitmapset *
    4052         5614 : afterTriggerCopyBitmap(Bitmapset *src)
    4053              : {
    4054              :     Bitmapset  *dst;
    4055              :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4056              : 
    4057         5614 :     if (src == NULL)
    4058         3957 :         return NULL;
    4059              : 
    4060         1657 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
    4061              : 
    4062         1657 :     dst = bms_copy(src);
    4063              : 
    4064         1657 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4065              : 
    4066         1657 :     return dst;
    4067              : }
    4068              : 
    4069              : /* ----------
    4070              :  * afterTriggerAddEvent()
    4071              :  *
    4072              :  *  Add a new trigger event to the specified queue.
    4073              :  *  The passed-in event data is copied.
    4074              :  * ----------
    4075              :  */
    4076              : static void
    4077         6406 : afterTriggerAddEvent(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4078              :                      AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
    4079              : {
    4080         6406 :     Size        eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
    4081         6406 :     Size        needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
    4082              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4083              :     AfterTriggerShared newshared;
    4084              :     AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
    4085              : 
    4086              :     /*
    4087              :      * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
    4088              :      * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
    4089              :      */
    4090         6406 :     chunk = events->tail;
    4091         6406 :     if (chunk == NULL ||
    4092         2402 :         chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
    4093              :     {
    4094              :         Size        chunksize;
    4095              : 
    4096              :         /* Create event context if we didn't already */
    4097         4004 :         if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
    4098         3387 :             afterTriggers.event_cxt =
    4099         3387 :                 AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
    4100              :                                       "AfterTriggerEvents",
    4101              :                                       ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    4102              : 
    4103              :         /*
    4104              :          * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
    4105              :          * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
    4106              :          * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
    4107              :          * shared records using the available space in ate_flags.  Another
    4108              :          * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
    4109              :          * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
    4110              :          * many distinct event types in a chunk.  Therefore, we double the
    4111              :          * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
    4112              :          * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it.  This gives us some
    4113              :          * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
    4114              :          * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage.  All chunk
    4115              :          * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
    4116              :          * records will be aligned safely.
    4117              :          */
    4118              : #define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
    4119              : #define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
    4120              : 
    4121              : #if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
    4122              : #error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
    4123              : #endif
    4124              : 
    4125         4004 :         if (chunk == NULL)
    4126         4004 :             chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
    4127              :         else
    4128              :         {
    4129              :             /* preceding chunk size... */
    4130            0 :             chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
    4131              :             /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
    4132            0 :             if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
    4133              :                 (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
    4134            0 :                 chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
    4135              :             else
    4136            0 :                 chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
    4137            0 :             chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
    4138              :         }
    4139         4004 :         chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
    4140         4004 :         chunk->next = NULL;
    4141         4004 :         chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    4142         4004 :         chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
    4143              :         Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
    4144              : 
    4145         4004 :         if (events->tail == NULL)
    4146              :         {
    4147              :             Assert(events->head == NULL);
    4148         4004 :             events->head = chunk;
    4149              :         }
    4150              :         else
    4151            0 :             events->tail->next = chunk;
    4152         4004 :         events->tail = chunk;
    4153              :         /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
    4154              :     }
    4155              : 
    4156              :     /*
    4157              :      * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
    4158              :      * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
    4159              :      * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
    4160              :      */
    4161         6406 :     for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
    4162         9048 :          (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
    4163         2642 :          newshared++)
    4164              :     {
    4165              :         /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
    4166         3434 :         if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
    4167          901 :             newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
    4168          898 :             newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
    4169          811 :             newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
    4170          811 :             newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
    4171         1619 :             newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
    4172          808 :             bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
    4173          808 :                       evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
    4174          792 :             break;
    4175              :     }
    4176         6406 :     if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
    4177              :     {
    4178         5614 :         newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
    4179         5614 :         *newshared = *evtshared;
    4180              :         /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
    4181         5614 :         newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
    4182         5614 :         newshared->ats_firing_id = 0;    /* just to be sure */
    4183         5614 :         chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
    4184              :     }
    4185              : 
    4186              :     /* Insert the data */
    4187         6406 :     newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
    4188         6406 :     memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
    4189              :     /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
    4190         6406 :     newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
    4191         6406 :     newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
    4192              : 
    4193         6406 :     chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
    4194         6406 :     events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
    4195         6406 : }
    4196              : 
    4197              : /* ----------
    4198              :  * afterTriggerFreeEventList()
    4199              :  *
    4200              :  *  Free all the event storage in the given list.
    4201              :  * ----------
    4202              :  */
    4203              : static void
    4204         8625 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events)
    4205              : {
    4206              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4207              : 
    4208        11850 :     while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
    4209              :     {
    4210         3225 :         events->head = chunk->next;
    4211         3225 :         pfree(chunk);
    4212              :     }
    4213         8625 :     events->tail = NULL;
    4214         8625 :     events->tailfree = NULL;
    4215         8625 : }
    4216              : 
    4217              : /* ----------
    4218              :  * afterTriggerRestoreEventList()
    4219              :  *
    4220              :  *  Restore an event list to its prior length, removing all the events
    4221              :  *  added since it had the value old_events.
    4222              :  * ----------
    4223              :  */
    4224              : static void
    4225         4695 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4226              :                              const AfterTriggerEventList *old_events)
    4227              : {
    4228              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4229              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
    4230              : 
    4231         4695 :     if (old_events->tail == NULL)
    4232              :     {
    4233              :         /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
    4234         4684 :         afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
    4235              :     }
    4236              :     else
    4237              :     {
    4238           11 :         *events = *old_events;
    4239              :         /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
    4240           11 :         for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
    4241              :         {
    4242            0 :             next_chunk = chunk->next;
    4243            0 :             pfree(chunk);
    4244              :         }
    4245              :         /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
    4246           11 :         events->tail->next = NULL;
    4247           11 :         events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
    4248              : 
    4249              :         /*
    4250              :          * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
    4251              :          * They might still be useful, anyway.
    4252              :          */
    4253              :     }
    4254         4695 : }
    4255              : 
    4256              : /* ----------
    4257              :  * afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()
    4258              :  *
    4259              :  *  Remove the first chunk of events from the query level's event list.
    4260              :  *  Keep any event list pointers elsewhere in the query level's data
    4261              :  *  structures in sync.
    4262              :  * ----------
    4263              :  */
    4264              : static void
    4265            0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
    4266              : {
    4267            0 :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
    4268              :     ListCell   *lc;
    4269              : 
    4270              :     Assert(target && target->next);
    4271              : 
    4272              :     /*
    4273              :      * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
    4274              :      * dangling.  Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
    4275              :      * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
    4276              :      */
    4277            0 :     foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    4278              :     {
    4279            0 :         AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    4280              : 
    4281            0 :         if (table->after_trig_done &&
    4282            0 :             table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
    4283              :         {
    4284            0 :             table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
    4285            0 :             table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
    4286            0 :             table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
    4287              :         }
    4288              :     }
    4289              : 
    4290              :     /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
    4291            0 :     qs->events.head = target->next;
    4292            0 :     pfree(target);
    4293            0 : }
    4294              : 
    4295              : 
    4296              : /* ----------
    4297              :  * AfterTriggerExecute()
    4298              :  *
    4299              :  *  Fetch the required tuples back from the heap and fire one
    4300              :  *  single trigger function.
    4301              :  *
    4302              :  *  Frequently, this will be fired many times in a row for triggers of
    4303              :  *  a single relation.  Therefore, we cache the open relation and provide
    4304              :  *  fmgr lookup cache space at the caller level.  (For triggers fired at
    4305              :  *  the end of a query, we can even piggyback on the executor's state.)
    4306              :  *
    4307              :  *  When fired for a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, the old
    4308              :  *  tuple is fetched using 'src_relInfo' (the source leaf partition) and
    4309              :  *  the new tuple using 'dst_relInfo' (the destination leaf partition), though
    4310              :  *  both are converted into the root partitioned table's format before passing
    4311              :  *  to the trigger function.
    4312              :  *
    4313              :  *  event: event currently being fired.
    4314              :  *  relInfo: result relation for event.
    4315              :  *  src_relInfo: source partition of a cross-partition update
    4316              :  *  dst_relInfo: its destination partition
    4317              :  *  trigdesc: working copy of rel's trigger info.
    4318              :  *  finfo: array of fmgr lookup cache entries (one per trigger in trigdesc).
    4319              :  *  instr: array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation nodes (one per trigger),
    4320              :  *      or NULL if no instrumentation is wanted.
    4321              :  *  per_tuple_context: memory context to call trigger function in.
    4322              :  *  trig_tuple_slot1: scratch slot for tg_trigtuple (foreign tables only)
    4323              :  *  trig_tuple_slot2: scratch slot for tg_newtuple (foreign tables only)
    4324              :  * ----------
    4325              :  */
    4326              : static void
    4327         5923 : AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
    4328              :                     AfterTriggerEvent event,
    4329              :                     ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
    4330              :                     ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
    4331              :                     ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
    4332              :                     TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
    4333              :                     FmgrInfo *finfo, Instrumentation *instr,
    4334              :                     MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
    4335              :                     TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
    4336              :                     TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)
    4337              : {
    4338         5923 :     Relation    rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4339         5923 :     Relation    src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4340         5923 :     Relation    dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4341         5923 :     AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4342         5923 :     Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    4343         5923 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    4344              :     Oid         save_rolid;
    4345              :     int         save_sec_context;
    4346              :     HeapTuple   rettuple;
    4347              :     int         tgindx;
    4348         5923 :     bool        should_free_trig = false;
    4349         5923 :     bool        should_free_new = false;
    4350              : 
    4351              :     /*
    4352              :      * Locate trigger in trigdesc.  It might not be present, and in fact the
    4353              :      * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
    4354              :      * queued.  In that case, silently do nothing.
    4355              :      */
    4356         5923 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    4357            3 :         return;
    4358        13129 :     for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
    4359              :     {
    4360        13129 :         if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
    4361              :         {
    4362         5920 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
    4363         5920 :             break;
    4364              :         }
    4365              :     }
    4366         5920 :     if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
    4367            0 :         return;
    4368              : 
    4369              :     /*
    4370              :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
    4371              :      * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
    4372              :      */
    4373         5920 :     if (instr)
    4374            0 :         InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
    4375              : 
    4376              :     /*
    4377              :      * Fetch the required tuple(s).
    4378              :      */
    4379         5920 :     switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
    4380              :     {
    4381           25 :         case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
    4382              :             {
    4383           25 :                 Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
    4384              : 
    4385           25 :                 if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
    4386              :                                              trig_tuple_slot1))
    4387            0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
    4388              : 
    4389           25 :                 if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
    4390            9 :                     TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
    4391            9 :                     !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
    4392              :                                              trig_tuple_slot2))
    4393            0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
    4394              :             }
    4395              :             pg_fallthrough;
    4396              :         case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
    4397              : 
    4398              :             /*
    4399              :              * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
    4400              :              * tuplestore memory.  (It is formally possible for the trigger
    4401              :              * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
    4402              :              * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.)  The
    4403              :              * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
    4404              :              * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
    4405              :              * context, in the slot anyway.
    4406              :              */
    4407           29 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
    4408           29 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
    4409           29 :                 ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
    4410              : 
    4411           29 :             if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
    4412              :                 TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
    4413              :             {
    4414           11 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
    4415           11 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
    4416           11 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
    4417              :             }
    4418              :             else
    4419              :             {
    4420           18 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
    4421              :             }
    4422           29 :             break;
    4423              : 
    4424         5891 :         default:
    4425         5891 :             if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
    4426              :             {
    4427         5356 :                 TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
    4428              :                                                                  src_relInfo);
    4429              : 
    4430         5356 :                 if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
    4431              :                                                    &(event->ate_ctid1),
    4432              :                                                    SnapshotAny,
    4433              :                                                    src_slot))
    4434            0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
    4435              : 
    4436              :                 /*
    4437              :                  * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
    4438              :                  * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
    4439              :                  */
    4440         5356 :                 if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
    4441              :                 {
    4442           75 :                     TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
    4443              : 
    4444           75 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
    4445           75 :                     if (map)
    4446              :                     {
    4447           18 :                         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    4448              :                                               src_slot,
    4449              :                                               LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
    4450              :                     }
    4451              :                     else
    4452           57 :                         ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
    4453              :                 }
    4454              :                 else
    4455         5281 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
    4456         5356 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
    4457         5356 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
    4458              :             }
    4459              :             else
    4460              :             {
    4461          535 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
    4462              :             }
    4463              : 
    4464              :             /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
    4465         5891 :             if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
    4466         5966 :                  (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
    4467         1564 :                 ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
    4468         1564 :             {
    4469         1564 :                 TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
    4470              :                                                                  dst_relInfo);
    4471              : 
    4472         1564 :                 if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
    4473              :                                                    &(event->ate_ctid2),
    4474              :                                                    SnapshotAny,
    4475              :                                                    dst_slot))
    4476            0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
    4477              : 
    4478              :                 /*
    4479              :                  * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
    4480              :                  * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
    4481              :                  * needed.
    4482              :                  */
    4483         1564 :                 if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
    4484              :                 {
    4485           75 :                     TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
    4486              : 
    4487           75 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
    4488           75 :                     if (map)
    4489              :                     {
    4490           21 :                         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    4491              :                                               dst_slot,
    4492              :                                               LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    4493              :                     }
    4494              :                     else
    4495           54 :                         ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
    4496              :                 }
    4497              :                 else
    4498         1489 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
    4499         1564 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
    4500         1564 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
    4501              :             }
    4502              :             else
    4503              :             {
    4504         4327 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
    4505              :             }
    4506              :     }
    4507              : 
    4508              :     /*
    4509              :      * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
    4510              :      * transition tables.  When we first make a transition table available to
    4511              :      * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore.  If any
    4512              :      * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
    4513              :      * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
    4514              :      */
    4515         5920 :     LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
    4516         5920 :     if (evtshared->ats_table)
    4517              :     {
    4518          285 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
    4519              :         {
    4520          156 :             LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_tuplestore;
    4521          156 :             evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
    4522              :         }
    4523              : 
    4524          285 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
    4525              :         {
    4526          204 :             LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_tuplestore;
    4527          204 :             evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
    4528              :         }
    4529              :     }
    4530              : 
    4531              :     /*
    4532              :      * Setup the remaining trigger information
    4533              :      */
    4534         5920 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    4535         5920 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event =
    4536         5920 :         evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
    4537         5920 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
    4538         5920 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
    4539         2739 :         LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
    4540              : 
    4541         5920 :     MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
    4542              : 
    4543              :     /*
    4544              :      * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
    4545              :      * queued.  Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
    4546              :      * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
    4547              :      * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
    4548              :      */
    4549         5920 :     GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
    4550         5920 :     if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
    4551           12 :         SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
    4552              :                                save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
    4553              : 
    4554              :     /*
    4555              :      * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
    4556              :      * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
    4557              :      */
    4558         5920 :     rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    4559              :                                    tgindx,
    4560              :                                    finfo,
    4561              :                                    NULL,
    4562              :                                    per_tuple_context);
    4563         5265 :     if (rettuple != NULL &&
    4564         1708 :         rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
    4565          720 :         rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
    4566            0 :         heap_freetuple(rettuple);
    4567              : 
    4568              :     /* Restore the current role if necessary */
    4569         5265 :     if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
    4570            9 :         SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
    4571              : 
    4572              :     /*
    4573              :      * Release resources
    4574              :      */
    4575         5265 :     if (should_free_trig)
    4576           89 :         heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
    4577         5265 :     if (should_free_new)
    4578           71 :         heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
    4579              : 
    4580              :     /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
    4581         5265 :     if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
    4582              :     {
    4583         5230 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
    4584         4725 :             ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
    4585         5230 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
    4586         1400 :             ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    4587              :     }
    4588              : 
    4589              :     /*
    4590              :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
    4591              :      * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
    4592              :      */
    4593         5265 :     if (instr)
    4594            0 :         InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
    4595              : }
    4596              : 
    4597              : 
    4598              : /*
    4599              :  * afterTriggerMarkEvents()
    4600              :  *
    4601              :  *  Scan the given event list for not yet invoked events.  Mark the ones
    4602              :  *  that can be invoked now with the current firing ID.
    4603              :  *
    4604              :  *  If move_list isn't NULL, events that are not to be invoked now are
    4605              :  *  transferred to move_list.
    4606              :  *
    4607              :  *  When immediate_only is true, do not invoke currently-deferred triggers.
    4608              :  *  (This will be false only at main transaction exit.)
    4609              :  *
    4610              :  *  Returns true if any invokable events were found.
    4611              :  */
    4612              : static bool
    4613       562574 : afterTriggerMarkEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4614              :                        AfterTriggerEventList *move_list,
    4615              :                        bool immediate_only)
    4616              : {
    4617       562574 :     bool        found = false;
    4618       562574 :     bool        deferred_found = false;
    4619              :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    4620              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4621              : 
    4622       573456 :     for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
    4623              :     {
    4624         6759 :         AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4625         6759 :         bool        defer_it = false;
    4626              : 
    4627         6759 :         if (!(event->ate_flags &
    4628              :               (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
    4629              :         {
    4630              :             /*
    4631              :              * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
    4632              :              * should call it now.
    4633              :              */
    4634         6327 :             if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
    4635              :             {
    4636          309 :                 defer_it = true;
    4637              :             }
    4638              :             else
    4639              :             {
    4640              :                 /*
    4641              :                  * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
    4642              :                  */
    4643         6018 :                 evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
    4644         6018 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    4645         6018 :                 found = true;
    4646              :             }
    4647              :         }
    4648              : 
    4649              :         /*
    4650              :          * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
    4651              :          */
    4652         6759 :         if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
    4653              :         {
    4654          309 :             deferred_found = true;
    4655              :             /* add it to move_list */
    4656          309 :             afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
    4657              :             /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
    4658          309 :             event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    4659              :         }
    4660              :     }
    4661              : 
    4662              :     /*
    4663              :      * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
    4664              :      * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
    4665              :      * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers.  For now, don't bother.
    4666              :      */
    4667       562574 :     if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    4668            6 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4669              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4670              :                  errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
    4671              : 
    4672       562568 :     return found;
    4673              : }
    4674              : 
    4675              : /*
    4676              :  * afterTriggerInvokeEvents()
    4677              :  *
    4678              :  *  Scan the given event list for events that are marked as to be fired
    4679              :  *  in the current firing cycle, and fire them.
    4680              :  *
    4681              :  *  If estate isn't NULL, we use its result relation info to avoid repeated
    4682              :  *  openings and closing of trigger target relations.  If it is NULL, we
    4683              :  *  make one locally to cache the info in case there are multiple trigger
    4684              :  *  events per rel.
    4685              :  *
    4686              :  *  When delete_ok is true, it's safe to delete fully-processed events.
    4687              :  *  (We are not very tense about that: we simply reset a chunk to be empty
    4688              :  *  if all its events got fired.  The objective here is just to avoid useless
    4689              :  *  rescanning of events when a trigger queues new events during transaction
    4690              :  *  end, so it's not necessary to worry much about the case where only
    4691              :  *  some events are fired.)
    4692              :  *
    4693              :  *  Returns true if no unfired events remain in the list (this allows us
    4694              :  *  to avoid repeating afterTriggerMarkEvents).
    4695              :  */
    4696              : static bool
    4697         3889 : afterTriggerInvokeEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4698              :                          CommandId firing_id,
    4699              :                          EState *estate,
    4700              :                          bool delete_ok)
    4701              : {
    4702         3889 :     bool        all_fired = true;
    4703              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4704              :     MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
    4705         3889 :     bool        local_estate = false;
    4706         3889 :     ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
    4707         3889 :     Relation    rel = NULL;
    4708         3889 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
    4709         3889 :     FmgrInfo   *finfo = NULL;
    4710         3889 :     Instrumentation *instr = NULL;
    4711         3889 :     TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
    4712         3889 :                *slot2 = NULL;
    4713              : 
    4714              :     /* Make a local EState if need be */
    4715         3889 :     if (estate == NULL)
    4716              :     {
    4717          181 :         estate = CreateExecutorState();
    4718          181 :         local_estate = true;
    4719              :     }
    4720              : 
    4721              :     /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
    4722              :     per_tuple_context =
    4723         3889 :         AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
    4724              :                               "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
    4725              :                               ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    4726              : 
    4727         7123 :     for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
    4728              :     {
    4729              :         AfterTriggerEvent event;
    4730         3889 :         bool        all_fired_in_chunk = true;
    4731              : 
    4732         9916 :         for_each_event(event, chunk)
    4733              :         {
    4734         6682 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4735              : 
    4736              :             /*
    4737              :              * Is it one for me to fire?
    4738              :              */
    4739         6682 :             if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
    4740         5923 :                 evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
    4741         5268 :             {
    4742              :                 ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
    4743              :                            *dst_rInfo;
    4744              : 
    4745              :                 /*
    4746              :                  * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
    4747              :                  * this is not the same relation as before.
    4748              :                  */
    4749         5923 :                 if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
    4750              :                 {
    4751         4055 :                     rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
    4752              :                                                     NULL);
    4753         4055 :                     rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4754              :                     /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
    4755              :                     Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
    4756         4055 :                     trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    4757              :                     /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
    4758         4055 :                     finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
    4759         4055 :                     instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
    4760         4055 :                     if (slot1 != NULL)
    4761              :                     {
    4762            0 :                         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
    4763            0 :                         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    4764            0 :                         slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
    4765              :                     }
    4766         4055 :                     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    4767              :                     {
    4768           19 :                         slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
    4769              :                                                          &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
    4770           19 :                         slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
    4771              :                                                          &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
    4772              :                     }
    4773              :                 }
    4774              : 
    4775              :                 /*
    4776              :                  * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
    4777              :                  * cross-partition update event.
    4778              :                  */
    4779         5923 :                 if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
    4780              :                     AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
    4781              :                 {
    4782              :                     Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
    4783              :                            OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
    4784           75 :                     src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
    4785              :                                                         event->ate_src_part,
    4786              :                                                         rInfo);
    4787           75 :                     dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
    4788              :                                                         event->ate_dst_part,
    4789              :                                                         rInfo);
    4790              :                 }
    4791              :                 else
    4792         5848 :                     src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
    4793              : 
    4794              :                 /*
    4795              :                  * Fire it.  Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
    4796              :                  * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
    4797              :                  * won't try to re-fire it.
    4798              :                  */
    4799         5923 :                 AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
    4800              :                                     src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
    4801              :                                     trigdesc, finfo, instr,
    4802              :                                     per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
    4803              : 
    4804              :                 /*
    4805              :                  * Mark the event as done.
    4806              :                  */
    4807         5268 :                 event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    4808         5268 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    4809              :             }
    4810          759 :             else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
    4811              :             {
    4812              :                 /* something remains to be done */
    4813          264 :                 all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
    4814              :             }
    4815              :         }
    4816              : 
    4817              :         /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
    4818         3234 :         if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
    4819              :         {
    4820           96 :             chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    4821           96 :             chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
    4822              : 
    4823              :             /*
    4824              :              * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too.  Note
    4825              :              * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
    4826              :              * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
    4827              :              * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
    4828              :              */
    4829           96 :             if (chunk == events->tail)
    4830           96 :                 events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
    4831              :         }
    4832              :     }
    4833         3234 :     if (slot1 != NULL)
    4834              :     {
    4835           19 :         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
    4836           19 :         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    4837              :     }
    4838              : 
    4839              :     /* Release working resources */
    4840         3234 :     MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
    4841              : 
    4842         3234 :     if (local_estate)
    4843              :     {
    4844           96 :         ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
    4845           96 :         ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
    4846           96 :         FreeExecutorState(estate);
    4847              :     }
    4848              : 
    4849         3234 :     return all_fired;
    4850              : }
    4851              : 
    4852              : 
    4853              : /*
    4854              :  * GetAfterTriggersTableData
    4855              :  *
    4856              :  * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for the specified
    4857              :  * trigger event (relation + operation type).  Ignore existing structs
    4858              :  * marked "closed"; we don't want to put any additional tuples into them,
    4859              :  * nor change their stmt-triggers-fired state.
    4860              :  *
    4861              :  * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list is allocated in the current
    4862              :  * (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.  This is OK because
    4863              :  * we don't need it to live past AfterTriggerEndQuery.
    4864              :  */
    4865              : static AfterTriggersTableData *
    4866         1139 : GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    4867              : {
    4868              :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    4869              :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    4870              :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4871              :     ListCell   *lc;
    4872              : 
    4873              :     /* At this level, cmdType should not be, eg, CMD_MERGE */
    4874              :     Assert(cmdType == CMD_INSERT ||
    4875              :            cmdType == CMD_UPDATE ||
    4876              :            cmdType == CMD_DELETE);
    4877              : 
    4878              :     /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
    4879              :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
    4880              :            afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    4881         1139 :     qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    4882              : 
    4883         1319 :     foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    4884              :     {
    4885          755 :         table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    4886          755 :         if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
    4887          593 :             !table->closed)
    4888          575 :             return table;
    4889              :     }
    4890              : 
    4891          564 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    4892              : 
    4893          564 :     table = palloc0_object(AfterTriggersTableData);
    4894          564 :     table->relid = relid;
    4895          564 :     table->cmdType = cmdType;
    4896          564 :     qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
    4897              : 
    4898          564 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4899              : 
    4900          564 :     return table;
    4901              : }
    4902              : 
    4903              : /*
    4904              :  * Returns a TupleTableSlot suitable for holding the tuples to be put
    4905              :  * into AfterTriggersTableData's transition table tuplestores.
    4906              :  */
    4907              : static TupleTableSlot *
    4908          147 : GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
    4909              :                           TupleDesc tupdesc)
    4910              : {
    4911              :     /* Create it if not already done. */
    4912          147 :     if (!table->storeslot)
    4913              :     {
    4914              :         MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4915              : 
    4916              :         /*
    4917              :          * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
    4918              :          * last till end-of-subxact is good enough.  It'll be freed by
    4919              :          * AfterTriggerFreeQuery().  However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
    4920              :          * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
    4921              :          */
    4922           42 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    4923           42 :         tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
    4924           42 :         table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
    4925           42 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4926              :     }
    4927              : 
    4928          147 :     return table->storeslot;
    4929              : }
    4930              : 
    4931              : /*
    4932              :  * MakeTransitionCaptureState
    4933              :  *
    4934              :  * Make a TransitionCaptureState object for the given TriggerDesc, target
    4935              :  * relation, and operation type.  The TCS object holds all the state needed
    4936              :  * to decide whether to capture tuples in transition tables.
    4937              :  *
    4938              :  * If there are no triggers in 'trigdesc' that request relevant transition
    4939              :  * tables, then return NULL.
    4940              :  *
    4941              :  * The resulting object can be passed to the ExecAR* functions.  When
    4942              :  * dealing with child tables, the caller can set tcs_original_insert_tuple
    4943              :  * to avoid having to reconstruct the original tuple in the root table's
    4944              :  * format.
    4945              :  *
    4946              :  * Note that we copy the flags from a parent table into this struct (rather
    4947              :  * than subsequently using the relation's TriggerDesc directly) so that we can
    4948              :  * use it to control collection of transition tuples from child tables.
    4949              :  *
    4950              :  * Per SQL spec, all operations of the same kind (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE)
    4951              :  * on the same table during one query should share one transition table.
    4952              :  * Therefore, the Tuplestores are owned by an AfterTriggersTableData struct
    4953              :  * looked up using the table OID + CmdType, and are merely referenced by
    4954              :  * the TransitionCaptureState objects we hand out to callers.
    4955              :  */
    4956              : TransitionCaptureState *
    4957        60816 : MakeTransitionCaptureState(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    4958              : {
    4959              :     TransitionCaptureState *state;
    4960              :     bool        need_old_upd,
    4961              :                 need_new_upd,
    4962              :                 need_old_del,
    4963              :                 need_new_ins;
    4964              :     AfterTriggersTableData *ins_table;
    4965              :     AfterTriggersTableData *upd_table;
    4966              :     AfterTriggersTableData *del_table;
    4967              :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4968              :     ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
    4969              : 
    4970        60816 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    4971        54264 :         return NULL;
    4972              : 
    4973              :     /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
    4974         6552 :     switch (cmdType)
    4975              :     {
    4976         3637 :         case CMD_INSERT:
    4977         3637 :             need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
    4978         3637 :             need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
    4979         3637 :             break;
    4980         1993 :         case CMD_UPDATE:
    4981         1993 :             need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
    4982         1993 :             need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
    4983         1993 :             need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
    4984         1993 :             break;
    4985          734 :         case CMD_DELETE:
    4986          734 :             need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
    4987          734 :             need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
    4988          734 :             break;
    4989          188 :         case CMD_MERGE:
    4990          188 :             need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
    4991          188 :             need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
    4992          188 :             need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
    4993          188 :             need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
    4994          188 :             break;
    4995            0 :         default:
    4996            0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
    4997              :             /* keep compiler quiet */
    4998              :             need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
    4999              :             break;
    5000              :     }
    5001         6552 :     if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
    5002         6247 :         return NULL;
    5003              : 
    5004              :     /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    5005          305 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    5006            0 :         elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
    5007              : 
    5008              :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    5009          305 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5010          230 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    5011              : 
    5012              :     /*
    5013              :      * Find or create AfterTriggersTableData struct(s) to hold the
    5014              :      * tuplestore(s).  If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
    5015              :      * ignore it; we need a newer one.
    5016              :      *
    5017              :      * Note: MERGE must use the same AfterTriggersTableData structs as INSERT,
    5018              :      * UPDATE, and DELETE, so that any MERGE'd tuples are added to the same
    5019              :      * tuplestores as tuples from any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE commands
    5020              :      * running in the same top-level command (e.g., in a writable CTE).
    5021              :      *
    5022              :      * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
    5023              :      * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
    5024              :      * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
    5025              :      * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
    5026              :      * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
    5027              :      * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
    5028              :      */
    5029          305 :     if (need_new_ins)
    5030          124 :         ins_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_INSERT);
    5031              :     else
    5032          181 :         ins_table = NULL;
    5033              : 
    5034          305 :     if (need_old_upd || need_new_upd)
    5035          104 :         upd_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_UPDATE);
    5036              :     else
    5037          201 :         upd_table = NULL;
    5038              : 
    5039          305 :     if (need_old_del)
    5040           95 :         del_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_DELETE);
    5041              :     else
    5042          210 :         del_table = NULL;
    5043              : 
    5044              :     /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
    5045          305 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    5046          305 :     saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    5047          305 :     CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
    5048              : 
    5049          305 :     if (need_old_upd && upd_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
    5050           86 :         upd_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5051          305 :     if (need_new_upd && upd_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
    5052           92 :         upd_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5053          305 :     if (need_old_del && del_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
    5054           71 :         del_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5055          305 :     if (need_new_ins && ins_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
    5056          118 :         ins_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5057              : 
    5058          305 :     CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    5059          305 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    5060              : 
    5061              :     /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
    5062          305 :     state = palloc0_object(TransitionCaptureState);
    5063          305 :     state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
    5064          305 :     state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
    5065          305 :     state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
    5066          305 :     state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
    5067          305 :     state->tcs_insert_private = ins_table;
    5068          305 :     state->tcs_update_private = upd_table;
    5069          305 :     state->tcs_delete_private = del_table;
    5070              : 
    5071          305 :     return state;
    5072              : }
    5073              : 
    5074              : 
    5075              : /* ----------
    5076              :  * AfterTriggerBeginXact()
    5077              :  *
    5078              :  *  Called at transaction start (either BEGIN or implicit for single
    5079              :  *  statement outside of transaction block).
    5080              :  * ----------
    5081              :  */
    5082              : void
    5083       577797 : AfterTriggerBeginXact(void)
    5084              : {
    5085              :     /*
    5086              :      * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
    5087              :      */
    5088       577797 :     afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1;   /* mustn't be 0 */
    5089       577797 :     afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
    5090              : 
    5091              :     /*
    5092              :      * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining.  If these assertions
    5093              :      * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
    5094              :      * up properly.
    5095              :      */
    5096              :     Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
    5097              :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
    5098              :     Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
    5099              :     Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
    5100              :     Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
    5101              :     Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
    5102              :     Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
    5103       577797 : }
    5104              : 
    5105              : 
    5106              : /* ----------
    5107              :  * AfterTriggerBeginQuery()
    5108              :  *
    5109              :  *  Called just before we start processing a single query within a
    5110              :  *  transaction (or subtransaction).  Most of the real work gets deferred
    5111              :  *  until somebody actually tries to queue a trigger event.
    5112              :  * ----------
    5113              :  */
    5114              : void
    5115       209555 : AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
    5116              : {
    5117              :     /* Increase the query stack depth */
    5118       209555 :     afterTriggers.query_depth++;
    5119       209555 : }
    5120              : 
    5121              : 
    5122              : /* ----------
    5123              :  * AfterTriggerEndQuery()
    5124              :  *
    5125              :  *  Called after one query has been completely processed. At this time
    5126              :  *  we invoke all AFTER IMMEDIATE trigger events queued by the query, and
    5127              :  *  transfer deferred trigger events to the global deferred-trigger list.
    5128              :  *
    5129              :  *  Note that this must be called BEFORE closing down the executor
    5130              :  *  with ExecutorEnd, because we make use of the EState's info about
    5131              :  *  target relations.  Normally it is called from ExecutorFinish.
    5132              :  * ----------
    5133              :  */
    5134              : void
    5135       207222 : AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
    5136              : {
    5137              :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    5138              : 
    5139              :     /* Must be inside a query, too */
    5140              :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
    5141              : 
    5142              :     /*
    5143              :      * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
    5144              :      * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
    5145              :      */
    5146       207222 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5147              :     {
    5148       202720 :         afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5149       202720 :         return;
    5150              :     }
    5151              : 
    5152              :     /*
    5153              :      * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
    5154              :      * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
    5155              :      *
    5156              :      * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
    5157              :      * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired.  This ensures
    5158              :      * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
    5159              :      * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
    5160              :      * to fire.
    5161              :      *
    5162              :      * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
    5163              :      * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
    5164              :      * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level.  Foreign key
    5165              :      * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
    5166              :      * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot().  Other
    5167              :      * C-language triggers might do likewise.
    5168              :      *
    5169              :      * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
    5170              :      * firing_counter.
    5171              :      */
    5172         4502 :     qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    5173              : 
    5174              :     for (;;)
    5175              :     {
    5176         4658 :         if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
    5177              :         {
    5178         3708 :             CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    5179         3708 :             AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
    5180              : 
    5181         3708 :             if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
    5182         2982 :                 break;          /* all fired */
    5183              : 
    5184              :             /*
    5185              :              * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
    5186              :              * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
    5187              :              * call.  Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
    5188              :              * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
    5189              :              * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
    5190              :              */
    5191          156 :             qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    5192              : 
    5193              :             /*
    5194              :              * We'll need to scan the events list again.  To reduce the cost
    5195              :              * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks.  We know that
    5196              :              * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
    5197              :              * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
    5198              :              * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
    5199              :              * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks.  So, zap all
    5200              :              * chunks before oldtail.  This is approximately the same set of
    5201              :              * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
    5202              :              */
    5203              :             Assert(oldtail != NULL);
    5204          156 :             while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
    5205            0 :                 afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
    5206              :         }
    5207              :         else
    5208          944 :             break;
    5209              :     }
    5210              : 
    5211              :     /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
    5212         3926 :     AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
    5213              : 
    5214         3926 :     afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5215              : }
    5216              : 
    5217              : 
    5218              : /*
    5219              :  * AfterTriggerFreeQuery
    5220              :  *  Release subsidiary storage for a trigger query level.
    5221              :  *  This includes closing down tuplestores.
    5222              :  *  Note: it's important for this to be safe if interrupted by an error
    5223              :  *  and then called again for the same query level.
    5224              :  */
    5225              : static void
    5226         3941 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
    5227              : {
    5228              :     Tuplestorestate *ts;
    5229              :     List       *tables;
    5230              :     ListCell   *lc;
    5231              : 
    5232              :     /* Drop the trigger events */
    5233         3941 :     afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
    5234              : 
    5235              :     /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
    5236         3941 :     ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
    5237         3941 :     qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    5238         3941 :     if (ts)
    5239           18 :         tuplestore_end(ts);
    5240              : 
    5241              :     /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
    5242         3941 :     tables = qs->tables;
    5243         4468 :     foreach(lc, tables)
    5244              :     {
    5245          527 :         AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    5246              : 
    5247          527 :         ts = table->old_tuplestore;
    5248          527 :         table->old_tuplestore = NULL;
    5249          527 :         if (ts)
    5250          141 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5251          527 :         ts = table->new_tuplestore;
    5252          527 :         table->new_tuplestore = NULL;
    5253          527 :         if (ts)
    5254          189 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5255          527 :         if (table->storeslot)
    5256              :         {
    5257           42 :             TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
    5258              : 
    5259           42 :             table->storeslot = NULL;
    5260           42 :             ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
    5261              :         }
    5262              :     }
    5263              : 
    5264              :     /*
    5265              :      * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells.  Reset list
    5266              :      * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
    5267              :      * that storage than have an infinite loop.
    5268              :      */
    5269         3941 :     qs->tables = NIL;
    5270         3941 :     list_free_deep(tables);
    5271         3941 : }
    5272              : 
    5273              : 
    5274              : /* ----------
    5275              :  * AfterTriggerFireDeferred()
    5276              :  *
    5277              :  *  Called just before the current transaction is committed. At this
    5278              :  *  time we invoke all pending DEFERRED triggers.
    5279              :  *
    5280              :  *  It is possible for other modules to queue additional deferred triggers
    5281              :  *  during pre-commit processing; therefore xact.c may have to call this
    5282              :  *  multiple times.
    5283              :  * ----------
    5284              :  */
    5285              : void
    5286       557899 : AfterTriggerFireDeferred(void)
    5287              : {
    5288              :     AfterTriggerEventList *events;
    5289       557899 :     bool        snap_pushed = false;
    5290              : 
    5291              :     /* Must not be inside a query */
    5292              :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
    5293              : 
    5294              :     /*
    5295              :      * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
    5296              :      * them to use.  (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
    5297              :      * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
    5298              :      */
    5299       557899 :     events = &afterTriggers.events;
    5300       557899 :     if (events->head != NULL)
    5301              :     {
    5302          173 :         PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    5303          173 :         snap_pushed = true;
    5304              :     }
    5305              : 
    5306              :     /*
    5307              :      * Run all the remaining triggers.  Loop until they are all gone, in case
    5308              :      * some trigger queues more for us to do.
    5309              :      */
    5310       557899 :     while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
    5311              :     {
    5312          173 :         CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    5313              : 
    5314          173 :         if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true))
    5315           96 :             break;              /* all fired */
    5316              :     }
    5317              : 
    5318              :     /*
    5319              :      * We don't bother freeing the event list, since it will go away anyway
    5320              :      * (and more efficiently than via pfree) in AfterTriggerEndXact.
    5321              :      */
    5322              : 
    5323       557822 :     if (snap_pushed)
    5324           96 :         PopActiveSnapshot();
    5325       557822 : }
    5326              : 
    5327              : 
    5328              : /* ----------
    5329              :  * AfterTriggerEndXact()
    5330              :  *
    5331              :  *  The current transaction is finishing.
    5332              :  *
    5333              :  *  Any unfired triggers are canceled so we simply throw
    5334              :  *  away anything we know.
    5335              :  *
    5336              :  *  Note: it is possible for this to be called repeatedly in case of
    5337              :  *  error during transaction abort; therefore, do not complain if
    5338              :  *  already closed down.
    5339              :  * ----------
    5340              :  */
    5341              : void
    5342       578011 : AfterTriggerEndXact(bool isCommit)
    5343              : {
    5344              :     /*
    5345              :      * Forget the pending-events list.
    5346              :      *
    5347              :      * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
    5348              :      * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory.  However, the
    5349              :      * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
    5350              :      * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
    5351              :      * of memory for the list!
    5352              :      */
    5353       578011 :     if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
    5354              :     {
    5355         3387 :         MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
    5356         3387 :         afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
    5357         3387 :         afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
    5358         3387 :         afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
    5359         3387 :         afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
    5360              :     }
    5361              : 
    5362              :     /*
    5363              :      * Forget any subtransaction state as well.  Since this can't be very
    5364              :      * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
    5365              :      * memory instead of doing it here.
    5366              :      */
    5367       578011 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
    5368       578011 :     afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
    5369              : 
    5370              : 
    5371              :     /*
    5372              :      * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information.  As
    5373              :      * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
    5374              :      * memory here.
    5375              :      */
    5376       578011 :     afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
    5377       578011 :     afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
    5378       578011 :     afterTriggers.state = NULL;
    5379              : 
    5380              :     /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
    5381       578011 :     afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
    5382       578011 : }
    5383              : 
    5384              : /*
    5385              :  * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()
    5386              :  *
    5387              :  *  Start a subtransaction.
    5388              :  */
    5389              : void
    5390        10064 : AfterTriggerBeginSubXact(void)
    5391              : {
    5392        10064 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5393              : 
    5394              :     /*
    5395              :      * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed.  (Note: because the
    5396              :      * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
    5397              :      * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
    5398              :      */
    5399        11447 :     while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    5400              :     {
    5401         1383 :         if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
    5402              :         {
    5403              :             /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
    5404         1341 :             afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
    5405         1341 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
    5406              :                                    8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
    5407         1341 :             afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
    5408              :         }
    5409              :         else
    5410              :         {
    5411              :             /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
    5412           42 :             int         new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
    5413              : 
    5414           42 :             afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
    5415           42 :                 repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
    5416              :                          new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
    5417           42 :             afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
    5418              :         }
    5419              :     }
    5420              : 
    5421              :     /*
    5422              :      * Push the current information into the stack.  The SET CONSTRAINTS state
    5423              :      * is not saved until/unless changed.  Likewise, we don't make a
    5424              :      * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
    5425              :      */
    5426        10064 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5427        10064 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
    5428        10064 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
    5429        10064 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
    5430        10064 : }
    5431              : 
    5432              : /*
    5433              :  * AfterTriggerEndSubXact()
    5434              :  *
    5435              :  *  The current subtransaction is ending.
    5436              :  */
    5437              : void
    5438        10064 : AfterTriggerEndSubXact(bool isCommit)
    5439              : {
    5440        10064 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5441              :     SetConstraintState state;
    5442              :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    5443              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    5444              :     CommandId   subxact_firing_id;
    5445              : 
    5446              :     /*
    5447              :      * Pop the prior state if needed.
    5448              :      */
    5449        10064 :     if (isCommit)
    5450              :     {
    5451              :         Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
    5452              :         /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
    5453         5369 :         state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
    5454         5369 :         if (state != NULL)
    5455            3 :             pfree(state);
    5456              :         /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
    5457         5369 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5458              :         Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
    5459              :                afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    5460              :     }
    5461              :     else
    5462              :     {
    5463              :         /*
    5464              :          * Aborting.  It is possible subxact start failed before calling
    5465              :          * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
    5466              :          * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
    5467              :          */
    5468         4695 :         if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    5469            0 :             return;
    5470              : 
    5471              :         /*
    5472              :          * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
    5473              :          * query_depth to its pre-subxact value.  This assumes that a
    5474              :          * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
    5475              :          * earlier transaction state.
    5476              :          */
    5477         4742 :         while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
    5478              :         {
    5479           47 :             if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5480           15 :                 AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
    5481           47 :             afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5482              :         }
    5483              :         Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
    5484              :                afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    5485              : 
    5486              :         /*
    5487              :          * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
    5488              :          * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
    5489              :          */
    5490         4695 :         afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
    5491         4695 :                                      &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
    5492              : 
    5493              :         /*
    5494              :          * Restore the trigger state.  If the saved state is NULL, then this
    5495              :          * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
    5496              :          */
    5497         4695 :         state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
    5498         4695 :         if (state != NULL)
    5499              :         {
    5500            2 :             pfree(afterTriggers.state);
    5501            2 :             afterTriggers.state = state;
    5502              :         }
    5503              :         /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
    5504         4695 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5505              : 
    5506              :         /*
    5507              :          * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
    5508              :          * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
    5509              :          * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
    5510              :          * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
    5511              :          * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
    5512              :          * subxacts started after it.)
    5513              :          */
    5514         4695 :         subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
    5515         4717 :         for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    5516              :         {
    5517           11 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    5518              : 
    5519           11 :             if (event->ate_flags &
    5520              :                 (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
    5521              :             {
    5522            2 :                 if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
    5523            2 :                     event->ate_flags &=
    5524              :                         ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
    5525              :             }
    5526              :         }
    5527              :     }
    5528              : }
    5529              : 
    5530              : /*
    5531              :  * Get the transition table for the given event and depending on whether we are
    5532              :  * processing the old or the new tuple.
    5533              :  */
    5534              : static Tuplestorestate *
    5535        33069 : GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
    5536              :                                 TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    5537              :                                 TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    5538              :                                 TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    5539              : {
    5540        33069 :     Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
    5541        33069 :     bool        delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
    5542        33069 :     bool        update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
    5543        33069 :     bool        update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
    5544        33069 :     bool        insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
    5545              : 
    5546              :     /*
    5547              :      * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
    5548              :      * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
    5549              :      * non-NULL.  But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
    5550              :      * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
    5551              :      * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
    5552              :      * row being deleted.
    5553              :      */
    5554              :     Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
    5555              :              TupIsNull(oldslot)));
    5556              :     Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
    5557              :              TupIsNull(newslot)));
    5558              : 
    5559        33069 :     if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    5560              :     {
    5561              :         Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
    5562         2706 :         if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
    5563         2526 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private->old_tuplestore;
    5564          180 :         else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
    5565          168 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->old_tuplestore;
    5566              :     }
    5567        30363 :     else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    5568              :     {
    5569              :         Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
    5570        30363 :         if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
    5571        30183 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private->new_tuplestore;
    5572          180 :         else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
    5573          177 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->new_tuplestore;
    5574              :     }
    5575              : 
    5576        33069 :     return tuplestore;
    5577              : }
    5578              : 
    5579              : /*
    5580              :  * Add the given heap tuple to the given tuplestore, applying the conversion
    5581              :  * map if necessary.
    5582              :  *
    5583              :  * If original_insert_tuple is given, we can add that tuple without conversion.
    5584              :  */
    5585              : static void
    5586        33069 : TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
    5587              :                         int event,
    5588              :                         TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    5589              :                         ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    5590              :                         TupleTableSlot *slot,
    5591              :                         TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
    5592              :                         Tuplestorestate *tuplestore)
    5593              : {
    5594              :     TupleConversionMap *map;
    5595              : 
    5596              :     /*
    5597              :      * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
    5598              :      */
    5599        33069 :     if (tuplestore == NULL)
    5600           15 :         return;
    5601              : 
    5602        33054 :     if (original_insert_tuple)
    5603           72 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
    5604        32982 :     else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
    5605              :     {
    5606              :         AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    5607              :         TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
    5608              : 
    5609          147 :         switch (event)
    5610              :         {
    5611            6 :             case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
    5612            6 :                 table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
    5613            6 :                 break;
    5614          123 :             case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
    5615          123 :                 table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
    5616          123 :                 break;
    5617           18 :             case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
    5618           18 :                 table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
    5619           18 :                 break;
    5620            0 :             default:
    5621            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
    5622              :                 table = NULL;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    5623              :                 break;
    5624              :         }
    5625              : 
    5626          147 :         storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
    5627          147 :         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
    5628          147 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
    5629              :     }
    5630              :     else
    5631        32835 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
    5632              : }
    5633              : 
    5634              : /* ----------
    5635              :  * AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()
    5636              :  *
    5637              :  *  Prepare the necessary state so that we can record AFTER trigger events
    5638              :  *  queued by a query.  It is allowed to have nested queries within a
    5639              :  *  (sub)transaction, so we need to have separate state for each query
    5640              :  *  nesting level.
    5641              :  * ----------
    5642              :  */
    5643              : static void
    5644         3572 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void)
    5645              : {
    5646         3572 :     int         init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
    5647              : 
    5648              :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    5649              : 
    5650         3572 :     if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
    5651              :     {
    5652         3572 :         int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
    5653              : 
    5654         3572 :         afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
    5655         3572 :             MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
    5656              :                                new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
    5657         3572 :         afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    5658              :     }
    5659              :     else
    5660              :     {
    5661              :         /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
    5662            0 :         int         old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
    5663            0 :         int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
    5664              :                                     old_alloc * 2);
    5665              : 
    5666            0 :         afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
    5667            0 :             repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
    5668              :                      new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
    5669            0 :         afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    5670              :     }
    5671              : 
    5672              :     /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
    5673        32148 :     while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5674              :     {
    5675        28576 :         AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
    5676              : 
    5677        28576 :         qs->events.head = NULL;
    5678        28576 :         qs->events.tail = NULL;
    5679        28576 :         qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
    5680        28576 :         qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    5681        28576 :         qs->tables = NIL;
    5682              : 
    5683        28576 :         ++init_depth;
    5684              :     }
    5685         3572 : }
    5686              : 
    5687              : /*
    5688              :  * Create an empty SetConstraintState with room for numalloc trigstates
    5689              :  */
    5690              : static SetConstraintState
    5691           48 : SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc)
    5692              : {
    5693              :     SetConstraintState state;
    5694              : 
    5695              :     /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
    5696           48 :     if (numalloc <= 0)
    5697            5 :         numalloc = 1;
    5698              : 
    5699              :     /*
    5700              :      * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
    5701              :      */
    5702              :     state = (SetConstraintState)
    5703           48 :         MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    5704              :                                offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
    5705           48 :                                numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5706              : 
    5707           48 :     state->numalloc = numalloc;
    5708              : 
    5709           48 :     return state;
    5710              : }
    5711              : 
    5712              : /*
    5713              :  * Copy a SetConstraintState
    5714              :  */
    5715              : static SetConstraintState
    5716            5 : SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate)
    5717              : {
    5718              :     SetConstraintState state;
    5719              : 
    5720            5 :     state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
    5721              : 
    5722            5 :     state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
    5723            5 :     state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
    5724            5 :     state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
    5725            5 :     memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
    5726            5 :            origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5727              : 
    5728            5 :     return state;
    5729              : }
    5730              : 
    5731              : /*
    5732              :  * Add a per-trigger item to a SetConstraintState.  Returns possibly-changed
    5733              :  * pointer to the state object (it will change if we have to repalloc).
    5734              :  */
    5735              : static SetConstraintState
    5736          171 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
    5737              :                           Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)
    5738              : {
    5739          171 :     if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
    5740              :     {
    5741           15 :         int         newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
    5742              : 
    5743           15 :         newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8);    /* in case original has size 0 */
    5744              :         state = (SetConstraintState)
    5745           15 :             repalloc(state,
    5746              :                      offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
    5747           15 :                      newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5748           15 :         state->numalloc = newalloc;
    5749              :         Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
    5750              :     }
    5751              : 
    5752          171 :     state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
    5753          171 :     state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
    5754          171 :     state->numstates++;
    5755              : 
    5756          171 :     return state;
    5757              : }
    5758              : 
    5759              : /* ----------
    5760              :  * AfterTriggerSetState()
    5761              :  *
    5762              :  *  Execute the SET CONSTRAINTS ... utility command.
    5763              :  * ----------
    5764              :  */
    5765              : void
    5766           51 : AfterTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
    5767              : {
    5768           51 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5769              : 
    5770              :     /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
    5771           51 :     if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
    5772           43 :         afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
    5773              : 
    5774              :     /*
    5775              :      * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
    5776              :      * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
    5777              :      */
    5778           51 :     if (my_level > 1 &&
    5779            5 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
    5780              :     {
    5781            5 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
    5782            5 :             SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
    5783              :     }
    5784              : 
    5785              :     /*
    5786              :      * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
    5787              :      */
    5788           51 :     if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
    5789              :     {
    5790              :         /*
    5791              :          * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
    5792              :          */
    5793           27 :         afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
    5794              : 
    5795              :         /*
    5796              :          * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
    5797              :          */
    5798           27 :         afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
    5799           27 :         afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    5800              :     }
    5801              :     else
    5802              :     {
    5803              :         Relation    conrel;
    5804              :         Relation    tgrel;
    5805           24 :         List       *conoidlist = NIL;
    5806           24 :         List       *tgoidlist = NIL;
    5807              :         ListCell   *lc;
    5808              : 
    5809              :         /*
    5810              :          * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
    5811              :          *
    5812              :          * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
    5813              :          * OIDs.  Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
    5814              :          * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
    5815              :          * necessarily unique.  Our strategy is to target all matching
    5816              :          * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
    5817              :          * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
    5818              :          * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
    5819              :          *
    5820              :          * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
    5821              :          * constraints in the partitions.  Grab those too.
    5822              :          */
    5823           24 :         conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    5824              : 
    5825           48 :         foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
    5826              :         {
    5827           24 :             RangeVar   *constraint = lfirst(lc);
    5828              :             bool        found;
    5829              :             List       *namespacelist;
    5830              :             ListCell   *nslc;
    5831              : 
    5832           24 :             if (constraint->catalogname)
    5833              :             {
    5834            0 :                 if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
    5835            0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    5836              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5837              :                              errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
    5838              :                                     constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
    5839              :                                     constraint->relname)));
    5840              :             }
    5841              : 
    5842              :             /*
    5843              :              * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
    5844              :              * in that schema.  If given a bare constraint name, use the
    5845              :              * search path to find the first matching constraint.
    5846              :              */
    5847           24 :             if (constraint->schemaname)
    5848              :             {
    5849            6 :                 Oid         namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
    5850              :                                                                   false);
    5851              : 
    5852            6 :                 namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
    5853              :             }
    5854              :             else
    5855              :             {
    5856           18 :                 namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
    5857              :             }
    5858              : 
    5859           24 :             found = false;
    5860           60 :             foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
    5861              :             {
    5862           60 :                 Oid         namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
    5863              :                 SysScanDesc conscan;
    5864              :                 ScanKeyData skey[2];
    5865              :                 HeapTuple   tup;
    5866              : 
    5867           60 :                 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    5868              :                             Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
    5869              :                             BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    5870           60 :                             CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
    5871           60 :                 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
    5872              :                             Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
    5873              :                             BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5874              :                             ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
    5875              : 
    5876           60 :                 conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
    5877              :                                              true, NULL, 2, skey);
    5878              : 
    5879          108 :                 while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
    5880              :                 {
    5881           48 :                     Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    5882              : 
    5883           48 :                     if (con->condeferrable)
    5884           48 :                         conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
    5885            0 :                     else if (stmt->deferred)
    5886            0 :                         ereport(ERROR,
    5887              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    5888              :                                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
    5889              :                                         constraint->relname)));
    5890           48 :                     found = true;
    5891              :                 }
    5892              : 
    5893           60 :                 systable_endscan(conscan);
    5894              : 
    5895              :                 /*
    5896              :                  * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
    5897              :                  * later parts of the search path.
    5898              :                  */
    5899           60 :                 if (found)
    5900           24 :                     break;
    5901              :             }
    5902              : 
    5903           24 :             list_free(namespacelist);
    5904              : 
    5905              :             /*
    5906              :              * Not found ?
    5907              :              */
    5908           24 :             if (!found)
    5909            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5910              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    5911              :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
    5912              :                                 constraint->relname)));
    5913              :         }
    5914              : 
    5915              :         /*
    5916              :          * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints.  We append
    5917              :          * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
    5918              :          * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
    5919              :          * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
    5920              :          */
    5921          129 :         foreach(lc, conoidlist)
    5922              :         {
    5923          105 :             Oid         parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5924              :             ScanKeyData key;
    5925              :             SysScanDesc scan;
    5926              :             HeapTuple   tuple;
    5927              : 
    5928          105 :             ScanKeyInit(&key,
    5929              :                         Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
    5930              :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5931              :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
    5932              : 
    5933          105 :             scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
    5934              : 
    5935          162 :             while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
    5936              :             {
    5937           57 :                 Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    5938              : 
    5939           57 :                 conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
    5940              :             }
    5941              : 
    5942          105 :             systable_endscan(scan);
    5943              :         }
    5944              : 
    5945           24 :         table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
    5946              : 
    5947              :         /*
    5948              :          * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
    5949              :          * and make a list of their OIDs.
    5950              :          */
    5951           24 :         tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    5952              : 
    5953          129 :         foreach(lc, conoidlist)
    5954              :         {
    5955          105 :             Oid         conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5956              :             ScanKeyData skey;
    5957              :             SysScanDesc tgscan;
    5958              :             HeapTuple   htup;
    5959              : 
    5960          105 :             ScanKeyInit(&skey,
    5961              :                         Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
    5962              :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5963              :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
    5964              : 
    5965          105 :             tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
    5966              :                                         NULL, 1, &skey);
    5967              : 
    5968          429 :             while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    5969              :             {
    5970          219 :                 Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    5971              : 
    5972              :                 /*
    5973              :                  * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
    5974              :                  * pg_trigger.  This is not an error condition, since a
    5975              :                  * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
    5976              :                  * actions.
    5977              :                  */
    5978          219 :                 if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
    5979          219 :                     tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
    5980              :             }
    5981              : 
    5982          105 :             systable_endscan(tgscan);
    5983              :         }
    5984              : 
    5985           24 :         table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    5986              : 
    5987              :         /*
    5988              :          * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
    5989              :          * xact.
    5990              :          */
    5991          243 :         foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
    5992              :         {
    5993          219 :             Oid         tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5994          219 :             SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    5995          219 :             bool        found = false;
    5996              :             int         i;
    5997              : 
    5998         1224 :             for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
    5999              :             {
    6000         1053 :                 if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
    6001              :                 {
    6002           48 :                     state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    6003           48 :                     found = true;
    6004           48 :                     break;
    6005              :                 }
    6006              :             }
    6007          219 :             if (!found)
    6008              :             {
    6009          171 :                 afterTriggers.state =
    6010          171 :                     SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
    6011              :             }
    6012              :         }
    6013              :     }
    6014              : 
    6015              :     /*
    6016              :      * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
    6017              :      * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
    6018              :      * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
    6019              :      * apply retroactively.  We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
    6020              :      * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
    6021              :      * immediate.
    6022              :      *
    6023              :      * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
    6024              :      * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
    6025              :      */
    6026           51 :     if (!stmt->deferred)
    6027              :     {
    6028           17 :         AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
    6029           17 :         bool        snapshot_set = false;
    6030              : 
    6031           17 :         while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
    6032              :         {
    6033            8 :             CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    6034              : 
    6035              :             /*
    6036              :              * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
    6037              :              * functions need one.  Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
    6038              :              * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
    6039              :              * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
    6040              :              * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly.  (If we are
    6041              :              * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
    6042              :              * events to be queued yet.)
    6043              :              */
    6044            8 :             if (!snapshot_set)
    6045              :             {
    6046            8 :                 PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    6047            8 :                 snapshot_set = true;
    6048              :             }
    6049              : 
    6050              :             /*
    6051              :              * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
    6052              :              * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
    6053              :              * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
    6054              :              */
    6055            0 :             if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
    6056            8 :                                          !IsSubTransaction()))
    6057            0 :                 break;          /* all fired */
    6058              :         }
    6059              : 
    6060            9 :         if (snapshot_set)
    6061            0 :             PopActiveSnapshot();
    6062              :     }
    6063           43 : }
    6064              : 
    6065              : /* ----------
    6066              :  * AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()
    6067              :  *      Test to see if there are any pending after-trigger events for rel.
    6068              :  *
    6069              :  * This is used by TRUNCATE, CLUSTER, ALTER TABLE, etc to detect whether
    6070              :  * it is unsafe to perform major surgery on a relation.  Note that only
    6071              :  * local pending events are examined.  We assume that having exclusive lock
    6072              :  * on a rel guarantees there are no unserviced events in other backends ---
    6073              :  * but having a lock does not prevent there being such events in our own.
    6074              :  *
    6075              :  * In some scenarios it'd be reasonable to remove pending events (more
    6076              :  * specifically, mark them DONE by the current subxact) but without a lot
    6077              :  * of knowledge of the trigger semantics we can't do this in general.
    6078              :  * ----------
    6079              :  */
    6080              : bool
    6081        72299 : AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(Oid relid)
    6082              : {
    6083              :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    6084              :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    6085              :     int         depth;
    6086              : 
    6087              :     /* Scan queued events */
    6088        72317 :     for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    6089              :     {
    6090           18 :         AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6091              : 
    6092              :         /*
    6093              :          * We can ignore completed events.  (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
    6094              :          * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
    6095              :          * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
    6096              :          */
    6097           18 :         if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
    6098            0 :             continue;
    6099              : 
    6100           18 :         if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
    6101            9 :             return true;
    6102              :     }
    6103              : 
    6104              :     /*
    6105              :      * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries.  This could only matter
    6106              :      * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
    6107              :      * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
    6108              :      */
    6109        72290 :     for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
    6110              :     {
    6111            0 :         for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
    6112              :         {
    6113            0 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6114              : 
    6115            0 :             if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
    6116            0 :                 continue;
    6117              : 
    6118            0 :             if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
    6119            0 :                 return true;
    6120              :         }
    6121              :     }
    6122              : 
    6123        72290 :     return false;
    6124              : }
    6125              : 
    6126              : /* ----------
    6127              :  * AfterTriggerSaveEvent()
    6128              :  *
    6129              :  *  Called by ExecA[RS]...Triggers() to queue up the triggers that should
    6130              :  *  be fired for an event.
    6131              :  *
    6132              :  *  NOTE: this is called whenever there are any triggers associated with
    6133              :  *  the event (even if they are disabled).  This function decides which
    6134              :  *  triggers actually need to be queued.  It is also called after each row,
    6135              :  *  even if there are no triggers for that event, if there are any AFTER
    6136              :  *  STATEMENT triggers for the statement which use transition tables, so that
    6137              :  *  the transition tuplestores can be built.  Furthermore, if the transition
    6138              :  *  capture is happening for UPDATEd rows being moved to another partition due
    6139              :  *  to the partition-key being changed, then this function is called once when
    6140              :  *  the row is deleted (to capture OLD row), and once when the row is inserted
    6141              :  *  into another partition (to capture NEW row).  This is done separately because
    6142              :  *  DELETE and INSERT happen on different tables.
    6143              :  *
    6144              :  *  Transition tuplestores are built now, rather than when events are pulled
    6145              :  *  off of the queue because AFTER ROW triggers are allowed to select from the
    6146              :  *  transition tables for the statement.
    6147              :  *
    6148              :  *  This contains special support to queue the update events for the case where
    6149              :  *  a partitioned table undergoing a cross-partition update may have foreign
    6150              :  *  keys pointing into it.  Normally, a partitioned table's row triggers are
    6151              :  *  not fired because the leaf partition(s) which are modified as a result of
    6152              :  *  the operation on the partitioned table contain the same triggers which are
    6153              :  *  fired instead. But that general scheme can cause problematic behavior with
    6154              :  *  foreign key triggers during cross-partition updates, which are implemented
    6155              :  *  as DELETE on the source partition followed by INSERT into the destination
    6156              :  *  partition.  Specifically, firing DELETE triggers would lead to the wrong
    6157              :  *  foreign key action to be enforced considering that the original command is
    6158              :  *  UPDATE; in this case, this function is called with relinfo as the
    6159              :  *  partitioned table, and src_partinfo and dst_partinfo referring to the
    6160              :  *  source and target leaf partitions, respectively.
    6161              :  *
    6162              :  *  is_crosspart_update is true either when a DELETE event is fired on the
    6163              :  *  source partition (which is to be ignored) or an UPDATE event is fired on
    6164              :  *  the root partitioned table.
    6165              :  * ----------
    6166              :  */
    6167              : static void
    6168        38476 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    6169              :                       ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
    6170              :                       ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
    6171              :                       int event, bool row_trigger,
    6172              :                       TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    6173              :                       List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
    6174              :                       TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    6175              :                       bool is_crosspart_update)
    6176              : {
    6177        38476 :     Relation    rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    6178        38476 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    6179              :     AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
    6180              :     AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
    6181        38476 :     char        relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
    6182              :     int         tgtype_event;
    6183              :     int         tgtype_level;
    6184              :     int         i;
    6185        38476 :     Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    6186              : 
    6187              :     /*
    6188              :      * Check state.  We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
    6189              :      * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
    6190              :      * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
    6191              :      */
    6192        38476 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    6193            0 :         elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
    6194              : 
    6195              :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    6196        38476 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    6197         3174 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    6198              : 
    6199              :     /*
    6200              :      * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
    6201              :      * then we need to capture transition tuples.
    6202              :      */
    6203        38476 :     if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
    6204              :     {
    6205        32913 :         TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
    6206              : 
    6207              :         /*
    6208              :          * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
    6209              :          * the event.
    6210              :          */
    6211        32913 :         if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    6212              :         {
    6213              :             Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
    6214              : 
    6215         2706 :             old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
    6216              :                                                              oldslot,
    6217              :                                                              NULL,
    6218              :                                                              transition_capture);
    6219         2706 :             TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
    6220              :                                     oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
    6221              :         }
    6222              : 
    6223              :         /*
    6224              :          * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
    6225              :          * the event.
    6226              :          */
    6227        32913 :         if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    6228              :         {
    6229              :             Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
    6230              : 
    6231        30363 :             new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
    6232              :                                                              NULL,
    6233              :                                                              newslot,
    6234              :                                                              transition_capture);
    6235        30363 :             TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
    6236              :                                     newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
    6237              :         }
    6238              : 
    6239              :         /*
    6240              :          * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
    6241              :          * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
    6242              :          * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
    6243              :          * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
    6244              :          * to be NULL.
    6245              :          */
    6246        32913 :         if (trigdesc == NULL ||
    6247        32793 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
    6248        30303 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
    6249          177 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
    6250           18 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
    6251        32856 :             return;
    6252              :     }
    6253              : 
    6254              :     /*
    6255              :      * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
    6256              :      * except in the special case of a cross-partition update.  In that case,
    6257              :      * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
    6258              :      * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
    6259              :      * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
    6260              :      */
    6261              :     Assert(!row_trigger ||
    6262              :            rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
    6263              :            (is_crosspart_update &&
    6264              :             TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
    6265              :             src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
    6266              : 
    6267              :     /*
    6268              :      * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
    6269              :      *
    6270              :      * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
    6271              :      * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
    6272              :      * arrays.
    6273              :      *
    6274              :      * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
    6275              :      * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
    6276              :      * if so.  This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
    6277              :      * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
    6278              :      */
    6279         5620 :     switch (event)
    6280              :     {
    6281         2998 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
    6282         2998 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
    6283         2998 :             if (row_trigger)
    6284              :             {
    6285              :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6286              :                 Assert(newslot != NULL);
    6287         2759 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6288         2759 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6289              :             }
    6290              :             else
    6291              :             {
    6292              :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6293              :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6294          239 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6295          239 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6296          239 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6297              :                                            CMD_INSERT, event);
    6298              :             }
    6299         2998 :             break;
    6300          718 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
    6301          718 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
    6302          718 :             if (row_trigger)
    6303              :             {
    6304              :                 Assert(oldslot != NULL);
    6305              :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6306          600 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6307          600 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6308              :             }
    6309              :             else
    6310              :             {
    6311              :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6312              :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6313          118 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6314          118 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6315          118 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6316              :                                            CMD_DELETE, event);
    6317              :             }
    6318          718 :             break;
    6319         1900 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
    6320         1900 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
    6321         1900 :             if (row_trigger)
    6322              :             {
    6323              :                 Assert(oldslot != NULL);
    6324              :                 Assert(newslot != NULL);
    6325         1696 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6326         1696 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6327              : 
    6328              :                 /*
    6329              :                  * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
    6330              :                  * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
    6331              :                  */
    6332         1696 :                 if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6333              :                 {
    6334              :                     Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
    6335          144 :                     new_event.ate_src_part =
    6336          144 :                         RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
    6337          144 :                     new_event.ate_dst_part =
    6338          144 :                         RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
    6339              :                 }
    6340              :             }
    6341              :             else
    6342              :             {
    6343              :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6344              :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6345          204 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6346          204 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6347          204 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6348              :                                            CMD_UPDATE, event);
    6349              :             }
    6350         1900 :             break;
    6351            4 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
    6352            4 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
    6353              :             Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6354              :             Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6355            4 :             ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6356            4 :             ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6357            4 :             break;
    6358            0 :         default:
    6359            0 :             elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
    6360              :             tgtype_event = 0;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    6361              :             break;
    6362              :     }
    6363              : 
    6364              :     /* Determine flags */
    6365         5620 :     if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
    6366              :     {
    6367         5592 :         if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
    6368              :         {
    6369         1686 :             if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6370          144 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
    6371              :             else
    6372         1542 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
    6373              :         }
    6374              :         else
    6375         3906 :             new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
    6376              :     }
    6377              : 
    6378              :     /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
    6379              : 
    6380         5620 :     tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
    6381              : 
    6382              :     /*
    6383              :      * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
    6384              :      * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
    6385              :      * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
    6386              :      */
    6387         5620 :     if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6388              :     {
    6389              :         TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
    6390              :         TupleConversionMap *map;
    6391              : 
    6392          144 :         rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    6393          144 :         map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
    6394          144 :         if (map)
    6395           18 :             oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    6396              :                                             oldslot,
    6397              :                                             rootslot);
    6398              :         else
    6399          126 :             oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
    6400              : 
    6401          144 :         rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
    6402          144 :         map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
    6403          144 :         if (map)
    6404           21 :             newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    6405              :                                             newslot,
    6406              :                                             rootslot);
    6407              :         else
    6408          123 :             newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
    6409              :     }
    6410              : 
    6411        25525 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    6412              :     {
    6413        19905 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    6414              : 
    6415        19905 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    6416              :                                   tgtype_level,
    6417              :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
    6418              :                                   tgtype_event))
    6419        12774 :             continue;
    6420         7131 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
    6421              :                             modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
    6422          211 :             continue;
    6423              : 
    6424         6920 :         if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
    6425              :         {
    6426           29 :             if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
    6427              :             {
    6428           25 :                 fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
    6429           25 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
    6430              :             }
    6431              :             else
    6432              :                 /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
    6433            4 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
    6434              :         }
    6435              : 
    6436              :         /*
    6437              :          * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
    6438              :          * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
    6439              :          * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
    6440              :          * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
    6441              :          * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
    6442              :          */
    6443         6920 :         if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
    6444              :         {
    6445         3332 :             switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
    6446              :             {
    6447         1322 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
    6448              : 
    6449              :                     /*
    6450              :                      * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
    6451              :                      * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
    6452              :                      * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
    6453              :                      * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
    6454              :                      * update event that will be fired on the root
    6455              :                      * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
    6456              :                      * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
    6457              :                      */
    6458         1322 :                     if (is_crosspart_update &&
    6459          255 :                         TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
    6460          135 :                         trigger->tgisclone)
    6461          126 :                         continue;
    6462              : 
    6463              :                     /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
    6464         1196 :                     if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
    6465              :                                                        oldslot, newslot))
    6466              :                     {
    6467              :                         /* skip queuing this event */
    6468          271 :                         continue;
    6469              :                     }
    6470          925 :                     break;
    6471              : 
    6472          603 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
    6473              : 
    6474              :                     /*
    6475              :                      * Update on trigger's FK table.  We can skip the update
    6476              :                      * event fired on a partitioned table during a
    6477              :                      * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
    6478              :                      * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
    6479              :                      * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
    6480              :                      * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
    6481              :                      * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
    6482              :                      * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
    6483              :                      * a partitioned table.
    6484              :                      */
    6485          603 :                     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
    6486          543 :                         !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
    6487              :                                                        oldslot, newslot))
    6488              :                     {
    6489              :                         /* skip queuing this event */
    6490          367 :                         continue;
    6491              :                     }
    6492          236 :                     break;
    6493              : 
    6494         1407 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
    6495              : 
    6496              :                     /*
    6497              :                      * Not an FK trigger.  No need to queue the update event
    6498              :                      * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
    6499              :                      * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
    6500              :                      * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
    6501              :                      * part of this update and the events fired on them are
    6502              :                      * queued instead.
    6503              :                      */
    6504         1407 :                     if (row_trigger &&
    6505         1067 :                         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6506           15 :                         continue;
    6507         1392 :                     break;
    6508              :             }
    6509              :         }
    6510              : 
    6511              :         /*
    6512              :          * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
    6513              :          * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
    6514              :          * we know from index insertion time.
    6515              :          */
    6516         6141 :         if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
    6517              :         {
    6518          105 :             if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
    6519           44 :                 continue;       /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
    6520              :         }
    6521              : 
    6522              :         /*
    6523              :          * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
    6524              :          * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
    6525              :          * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
    6526              :          */
    6527         6097 :         new_shared.ats_event =
    6528        12194 :             (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
    6529         6097 :             (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
    6530         6097 :             (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
    6531         6097 :             (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
    6532         6097 :         new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
    6533         6097 :         new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    6534         6097 :         new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
    6535         6097 :         new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
    6536         6097 :         if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
    6537              :             transition_capture != NULL)
    6538              :         {
    6539          324 :             switch (event)
    6540              :             {
    6541          120 :                 case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
    6542          120 :                     new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
    6543          120 :                     break;
    6544          105 :                 case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
    6545          105 :                     new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
    6546          105 :                     break;
    6547           99 :                 case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
    6548           99 :                     new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
    6549           99 :                     break;
    6550            0 :                 default:
    6551              :                     /* Must be TRUNCATE, see switch above */
    6552            0 :                     new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
    6553            0 :                     break;
    6554              :             }
    6555              :         }
    6556              :         else
    6557         5773 :             new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
    6558         6097 :         new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
    6559              : 
    6560         6097 :         afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
    6561              :                              &new_event, &new_shared);
    6562              :     }
    6563              : 
    6564              :     /*
    6565              :      * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s).  The tuplestore squashes them to
    6566              :      * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns.  The executor lost
    6567              :      * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
    6568              :      */
    6569         5620 :     if (fdw_tuplestore)
    6570              :     {
    6571           25 :         if (oldslot != NULL)
    6572           16 :             tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
    6573           25 :         if (newslot != NULL)
    6574           18 :             tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
    6575              :     }
    6576              : }
    6577              : 
    6578              : /*
    6579              :  * Detect whether we already queued BEFORE STATEMENT triggers for the given
    6580              :  * relation + operation, and set the flag so the next call will report "true".
    6581              :  */
    6582              : static bool
    6583          255 : before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    6584              : {
    6585              :     bool        result;
    6586              :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    6587              : 
    6588              :     /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    6589          255 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    6590            0 :         elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
    6591              : 
    6592              :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    6593          255 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    6594          168 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    6595              : 
    6596              :     /*
    6597              :      * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
    6598              :      * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
    6599              :      * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
    6600              :      * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
    6601              :      * statement triggers to get queued.
    6602              :      */
    6603          255 :     table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    6604          255 :     result = table->before_trig_done;
    6605          255 :     table->before_trig_done = true;
    6606          255 :     return result;
    6607              : }
    6608              : 
    6609              : /*
    6610              :  * If we previously queued a set of AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the given
    6611              :  * relation + operation, and they've not been fired yet, cancel them.  The
    6612              :  * caller will queue a fresh set that's after any row-level triggers that may
    6613              :  * have been queued by the current sub-statement, preserving (as much as
    6614              :  * possible) the property that AFTER ROW triggers fire before AFTER STATEMENT
    6615              :  * triggers, and that the latter only fire once.  This deals with the
    6616              :  * situation where several FK enforcement triggers sequentially queue triggers
    6617              :  * for the same table into the same trigger query level.  We can't fully
    6618              :  * prevent odd behavior though: if there are AFTER ROW triggers taking
    6619              :  * transition tables, we don't want to change the transition tables once the
    6620              :  * first such trigger has seen them.  In such a case, any additional events
    6621              :  * will result in creating new transition tables and allowing new firings of
    6622              :  * statement triggers.
    6623              :  *
    6624              :  * This also saves the current event list location so that a later invocation
    6625              :  * of this function can cheaply find the triggers we're about to queue and
    6626              :  * cancel them.
    6627              :  */
    6628              : static void
    6629          561 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)
    6630              : {
    6631              :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    6632          561 :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    6633              : 
    6634              :     /*
    6635              :      * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
    6636              :      * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
    6637              :      * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
    6638              :      * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
    6639              :      * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
    6640              :      */
    6641          561 :     table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    6642              : 
    6643          561 :     if (table->after_trig_done)
    6644              :     {
    6645              :         /*
    6646              :          * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
    6647              :          * before we inserted any statement triggers.  But the events list
    6648              :          * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
    6649              :          * current head.
    6650              :          */
    6651              :         AfterTriggerEvent event;
    6652              :         AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    6653              : 
    6654           36 :         if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
    6655              :         {
    6656           30 :             chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
    6657           30 :             event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
    6658              :         }
    6659              :         else
    6660              :         {
    6661            6 :             chunk = qs->events.head;
    6662            6 :             event = NULL;
    6663              :         }
    6664              : 
    6665           54 :         for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
    6666              :         {
    6667           36 :             if (event == NULL)
    6668            6 :                 event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    6669           75 :             for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
    6670              :             {
    6671           57 :                 AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6672              : 
    6673              :                 /*
    6674              :                  * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
    6675              :                  * the target relation.
    6676              :                  */
    6677           57 :                 if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
    6678            0 :                     goto done;
    6679           57 :                 if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
    6680            0 :                     goto done;
    6681           57 :                 if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
    6682           18 :                     goto done;
    6683           39 :                 if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
    6684            0 :                     goto done;
    6685              :                 /* OK, mark it DONE */
    6686           39 :                 event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    6687           39 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    6688              :             }
    6689              :             /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
    6690           18 :             event = NULL;
    6691              :         }
    6692              :     }
    6693          543 : done:
    6694              : 
    6695              :     /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
    6696          561 :     table->after_trig_done = true;
    6697          561 :     table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
    6698          561 : }
    6699              : 
    6700              : /*
    6701              :  * GUC assign_hook for session_replication_role
    6702              :  */
    6703              : void
    6704         1761 : assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
    6705              : {
    6706              :     /*
    6707              :      * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
    6708              :      * flush unnecessarily.
    6709              :      */
    6710         1761 :     if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
    6711          573 :         ResetPlanCache();
    6712         1761 : }
    6713              : 
    6714              : /*
    6715              :  * SQL function pg_trigger_depth()
    6716              :  */
    6717              : Datum
    6718           45 : pg_trigger_depth(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    6719              : {
    6720           45 :     PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
    6721              : }
    6722              : 
    6723              : /*
    6724              :  * Check whether a trigger modified a virtual generated column and replace the
    6725              :  * value with null if so.
    6726              :  *
    6727              :  * We need to check this so that we don't end up storing a non-null value in a
    6728              :  * virtual generated column.
    6729              :  *
    6730              :  * We don't need to check for stored generated columns, since those will be
    6731              :  * overwritten later anyway.
    6732              :  */
    6733              : static HeapTuple
    6734         1093 : check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)
    6735              : {
    6736         1093 :     if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
    6737         1084 :         return tuple;
    6738              : 
    6739           33 :     for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
    6740              :     {
    6741           24 :         if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    6742              :         {
    6743            9 :             if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
    6744              :             {
    6745            6 :                 int         replCol = i + 1;
    6746            6 :                 Datum       replValue = 0;
    6747            6 :                 bool        replIsnull = true;
    6748              : 
    6749            6 :                 tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
    6750              :             }
    6751              :         }
    6752              :     }
    6753              : 
    6754            9 :     return tuple;
    6755              : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.0-1